en_obs-tn/tn_OBS.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	1:0	i6lj	title		The Creation	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the world” or “How did God make the world?”
3	1:1	lm48			the beginning	1	This could mean ‘the beginning of all things,’ before anything existed except God.
4	1:1	qyk4			created	1	This term here means that God made it from nothing.
5	1:1	l2hb			the universe	1	This includes everything that God created on the earth and in the heavens, both visible and invisible things.
6	1:1	zd15			the earth	1	The word earth refers to the whole world that people live on.
7	1:1	uzic			dark	1	It was completely dark. There was no light at all, since God had not yet created light.
8	1:1	zwj2			empty	1	God had not yet created anything except for the bare earth covered by water.
9	1:1	ffdv			he had not yet formed anything in it	1	There were no distinguishing features–just water covering everything.
10	1:1	lr8g			God’s Spirit	1	The Spirit of God, sometimes called the Holy Spirit, was present in the beginning, moving freely over the earth in order to create all that he had planned to do.
11	1:2	n2rx			God said	1	God created light by means of a simple verbal command.
12	1:2	zzmo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God said, “Let there be light!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said that there should be light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13	1:2	ux0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	Let there be light!	1	The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “There shall be light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
14	1:2	pudg			light	1	This was a special light that God created. The sun was not created until later.
15	1:2	q7zf			was good	1	This phrase is often repeated through the Creation story, and emphasizes that each stage of creation was pleasing to God and accomplished his plan and purpose.
16	1:2	dtu0			creation	1	This word is used here to refer to the six-day period during which God brought into being everything that exists.
17	1:3	miua			the second day	1	God’s work of creation was orderly, purposeful, and sequential. The things he created each day built upon and depended on the acts of the previous days.
18	1:3	h418			Let there be an expanse above the waters	1	God created the sky by speaking a command.
19	1:3	htqa			sky	1	This term refers to all of the space above the earth, including the air we breathe and the heavens.
20	1:4	mbj9			the third day	1	The next in the series of orderly days in which God prepared the earth for life
21	1:4	hpg8			Let the water come together in one place and the dry land appear	1	God created the dry land by speaking a command.
22	1:4	sozb			earth	1	This word is used here to refer to dirt or soil, which is what dry land is made of.
23	1:4	htvi			created	1	This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
24	1:5	oefy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God said, “Let the earth produce all kinds of trees and plants.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said that the earth should produce all kinds of trees and plants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25	1:5	pvo1			God said	1	God created all vegetation by speaking a command.
26	1:5	a4rn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	Let the earth produce all kinds of trees and plants	1	The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “The earth will produce all kinds of trees and plants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
27	1:5	wdj7			all kinds	1	The many different species, or types, of plants and trees.
28	1:5	bnyk			created	1	This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
29	1:5	bjnw			was good	1	This phrase is often repeated through the Creation story, and emphasizes that each stage of creation was pleasing to God and accomplished his plan and purpose.
30	1:6	hmg5			the fourth day	1	the next in the orderly series of days in which God created
31	1:6	ef9m			Let there be lights in the sky	1	God created the sun, moon, and stars by speaking a command.
32	1:6	aagi			light	1	Shining objects in the sky now provided light for the earth.
33	1:6	bcr2			day and night, seasons and years	1	God created different lights to mark days, nights, seasons, and years. He divides time periods which are indicated by the positions of the lights. These periods are cyclical and continue until the end of time.
34	1:6	ag3s			created	1	This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
35	1:7	z7k7			the fifth day	1	God continues his orderly progression of creation that he started during the previous four days.
36	1:7	jwbj			Let living things fill the waters, and birds fly in the sky	1	God created water creatures and the birds by speaking a command.
37	1:7	cgug			everything that swims	1	God not only made fish, but every kind of living thing that lives in the waters. Every one exists because God chose to create it.
38	1:7	qe0j			all the birds	1	God did not make just one kind of bird, but all of the amazing variety of shapes, sizes, colors, and kinds of birds.
39	1:7	nzlf			it was good	1	This phrase is repeated throughout creation to show that every step went exactly according to God’s wise plan and purpose.
40	1:7	qkab			blessed them	1	God speaks his desire that they would prosper and that things would go well for them in the world in which he had placed them.
41	1:8	m1wk			the sixth day	1	the next event in a continuing, orderly progression of days and creative acts
42	1:8	z88y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	Let there be all kinds of land animals!	1	The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “There will be all kinds of land animals!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
43	1:8	bsl8			all kinds	1	This indicates a great variety, but also order.
44	1:8	fcd8			land animals	1	Every kind of animal that lived on the land, as opposed to the birds, or animals that live in the seas.
45	1:8	bm27			farm animals	1	The kinds of land animals that commonly live peacefully with people—as in tame, or domesticated, animals.
46	1:8	q9wj			crawled on the ground	1	This probably includes reptiles and possibly insects.
47	1:8	g7tg			wild	1	The kinds of animals that do not normally live peacefully with people, usually because they are afraid of people, or dangerous to them.
48	1:8	r43q			it was good	1	This phrase is repeated throughout creation to show that every step went exactly according to God’s wise plan and purpose.
49	1:9	f0bf			Let us make	1	This indicates God’s deliberate, willful decision to create man in a particular way for a particular purpose. You could translate this as: “We will make.”
50	1:9	a4xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	us & our & us	1	The Bible teaches that there is one God, but the Old Testament word God is a plural form, and God uses plural pronouns when speaking to himself. Some understand this as a special way of speaking that expresses God’s majesty, and others understand this as God the Father speaking to the Son and the Spirit, who are all God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
51	1:9	uie7			in our image	1	An image is a physical representation of someone or something. Humans were made in such a way that we display or represent some of the qualities or traits of God.
52	1:9	aobv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	in our image to be like us	1	The two phrases, in our image and like us are a doublet. They means almost the same thing. Together, they emphasize that man was to be very much like God, although not exactly the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
53	1:9	f3ao			like us	1	Humans share some of God’s characteristics, but not all of his qualities. This phrase should be translated with words that show man is similar to God, but not equal with him, nor the same as he is.
54	1:9	ou4z			rule over	1	God gave people the right and power to manage, guide, and control how the earth and the animals will be used.
55	1:10	f4fq			took some soil	1	God made man from the dust, or dry soil from the ground. This word should probably be different from the general word used for earth.
56	1:10	qdg7			formed it	1	This word expresses that God personally fashioned the man in the same way that a person shapes something with his hands. Make sure that a different word from ‘create’ is used. Note that this is very different from how he created everything else through a simple spoken command.
57	1:10	kun5			a man	1	Only the man was made at this time; the woman was made later by a different method.
58	1:10	imbt			breathed life	1	This phrase expresses God’s very personal, intimate action as he transferred life from himself into Adam’s body, comparing this to how a human being breathes out air.
59	1:10	uygx			life	1	In this event, God breathed both physical and spiritual life into the man.
60	1:10	xjtq			Adam	1	Adam’s name is the same as the Old Testament word for ‘man,’ and similar to the word for soil, the substance from which he was formed.
61	1:10	s198			a large garden	1	An area of land planted with trees and plants for a purpose–usually to produce food or to provide beauty.
62	1:10	mvxv			to care for it	1	To maintain the garden by preparing soil, planting, tending, and harvesting.
63	1:11	xsie			In the middle	1	The central location emphasizes the importance of the two trees.
64	1:11	vm7z			the garden	1	An area of land planted with trees and plants for a purpose–usually to produce food or to provide beauty.
65	1:11	om44			the tree of life	1	Anyone who ate fruit from this tree would never die.
66	1:11	zu2s			the tree of the knowledge of good and evil	1	The fruit of this tree could enable a person to know both good and evil.
67	1:11	wfp2			knowledge	1	To know or understand by personal experience.
68	1:11	gq8y			good and evil	1	Evil is the opposite of good. Just as good refers to what is pleasing to God, evil refers to everything that is not pleasing to God.
69	1:11	h8ge			would die	1	In this instance, he would die both physically and spiritually.
70	1:12	p35k			not good	1	This is the first time that anything in creation was not good. It means it was ‘not yet good’ because God was not finished with the creation of humans.
71	1:12	i11y			alone	1	Adam was the only human, with no possibility of a relationship with another person, and unable to have children and multiply.
72	1:12	tvrl			Adam’s helper	1	There was no one who was similar enough to Adam to join with him to accomplish the task that God gave to him. None of the animals could do this.
73	1:13	zd38			a deep sleep	1	This was a deeper sleep than normal.
74	1:13	t80l			took one of Adam’s ribs and made	1	The verbs indicate God’s very personal act of removing the rib from Adam and shaping it into a woman.
75	1:13	n5pj			a woman	1	She was the first woman, the female version of human beings that was missing until now.
76	1:13	cw50			brought her to him	1	God personally introduced them. He presented the woman to Adam, almost like offering a special gift.
77	1:14	i8wl			At last!	1	Adam’s exclamation indicates that he had been waiting for something like the woman.
78	1:14	hd8k			like me	1	The woman was the same type of being as Adam, even though there were important differences between them.
79	1:14	svub			Woman	1	This word is the feminine form of the word ‘man.’
80	1:14	f23l			made from Man	1	The woman was formed directly from Adam’s own body.
81	1:14	zupn			a man leaves	1	This is stated in the present tense to indicate what would become the normal situation in the future. Adam did not have a mother or father, but all other men would.
82	1:14	k1g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	becomes one	1	The husband and wife will share an intimate bond of unity and a commitment to one another that will surpass their relationships to anyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
83	1:15	liky			God made	1	God formed the man and the woman in a very personal way.
84	1:15	d9xu			in his own image	1	An image is a physical representation of someone or something. God made people to display or represent some of his qualities and traits, but not to be equal to him.
85	1:15	tljk			very good	1	More intense than the it was good statements on previous days. Very good refers to all of creation, not just the man and the woman. Everything was exactly as God intended it to be.
86	1:15	hk84			creation	1	This word is used here to refer to the six-day period during which God made everything that exists.
87	1:16	toy1			the seventh day	1	The next day after the six days of creation were completed.
88	1:16	cpxu			finished all the work that he had been doing	1	Specifically, God finished the work of creation. He still performs other work.
89	1:16	rit2			blessed the seventh day	1	God had a special, positive plan for the seventh day, and for every seventh day to follow.
90	1:16	lrdv			made it holy	1	That is, God ‘set apart’ the day as a special day. It was not to be used in the same way as the other six days of the week.
91	1:16	gxw7			the universe	1	This includes everything that God created on the earth and in the heavens, both visible and invisible things.
92	1:16	qqac			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
93	2:0	vna2	title		Sin Enters the World	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how people began to sin” or “How did people begin to sin?”
94	2:1	q9wd			the beautiful garden	1	This refers to a special collection of trees and plants that God prepared for Adam and Eve to enjoy and from which to eat. This should be the same word that was used in 01:11. See how you translated it there.
95	2:1	con5			shame	1	the feeling that comes with knowing we have sinned or that we fall short in some way
96	2:1	sjyf			talked with God	1	The word for talk should be the same as would be used to refer to talking to a human being. God may have taken a physical form to talk to the man and the woman since the text indicates that they talked to him face-to-face.
97	2:2	s5fb			a snake	1	This refers to an elongated, legless creature that now moves by wiggling on its belly. Although later on in the story it is revealed that Satan spoke through the snake, this should not be said here in this frame.
98	2:2	qe44			crafty	1	clever and sly, with the intent to deceive
99	2:2	y2xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He asked the woman, “Did God really tell you not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He asked the woman if God had really told her not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
100	2:2	y9sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Did God really tell you not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden?	1	This is a rhetorical question. The snake asked the woman whether God actually said not to eat from any of the trees in the garden. But he was only pretending that he didn’t know what God had said because he wanted to create doubt in the woman’s mind. He wanted her to question God’s goodness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
101	2:2	o0ol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	you	1	If your language has different words for you depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. God had given this command to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
102	2:2	cdlk			the fruit from any of the trees	1	This refers to all of the various types of fruit from each of the different trees in the garden.
103	2:3	qnrf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The woman answered, “God told us we could eat the fruit of any tree except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. God told us, ‘If you eat that fruit or even touch it, you will die.’”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The woman answered that God had told them that they could eat the fruit of any tree except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, and that if they ate that fruit or even touched it, they would die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
104	2:3	wh7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	If you eat that fruit or even touch it, you will die	1	If your language has different words for you depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. God had given this command to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
105	2:3	vqgx			the fruit	1	We don’t know what kind of fruit this was. We only know that it grew on this tree. If possible, it is best to use a general word for fruit here, and not a word for a specific kind of fruit.
106	2:3	bv1c			the tree of the knowledge of good and evil	1	The woman correctly understood that they were not allowed to eat from this one tree that would enable them to understand evil as well as good.
107	2:3	wgfj			you will die	1	Use your ordinary word for death, for a person’s physical life to end. Don’t avoid the term just because the thought of death sounds too harsh.
108	2:4	vja6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The snake responded to the woman, “That is not true! You will not die. God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The snake responded to the woman that this was not true! They would not die. God just knew that as soon as they ate it, they would be like God and would understand good and evil like he does.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
109	2:4	hdre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	You will not die. God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God	1	If your language has different words for you depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. Satan was speaking about what would happen to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
110	2:4	kid5			like God	1	The man and the woman were already made in the likeness of God. The snake is suggesting that the woman would be more like God if she understood evil. However, God never intended for her to have this knowledge.
111	2:4	hrsk			will understand good and evil	1	To know from personal experience what things are good and what things are bad, or being able to know whether something is good or bad.
112	2:4	papn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	good and evil	1	This is a merism. Good and evil are two extremes that represent everything in between them. Satan is saying that they would understand everthing about what is right and wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
113	2:5	nslb			wise	1	The woman wanted to have insight and understanding like the snake seemed to have, and like God has.
114	2:5	p91r			who was with her	1	This is important information because it shows that the man was present when the woman made the decision to eat the fruit.
115	2:6	z7qb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	their eyes were opened	1	This expression means they now understood something for the first time. This could be translated as: “they saw things differently.” In your language, there may be an expression with similar meaning that you could use to translate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116	2:6	gd3c			they realized they were naked	1	After the man and the woman disobeyed God, they felt ashamed that they were naked. That is why they used leaves to try to cover their naked bodies.
117	2:6	r99s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	They tried to cover their bodies	1	The man and the woman tried to cover their bodies in order to hide from God because they were ashamed that they were naked. You may want to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “They were ashamed that they were naked, and tried to cover their bodies to hide from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
118	2:7	xro8			God walking	1	It seems that God regularly came to the garden to walk and talk with the man and the woman. We do not know what this looked like. If it is possible, it is best to use the same word that would be used to talk about a person walking.
119	2:7	fe8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God called to the man, “Where are you?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God called to the man and asked him where he was.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
120	2:7	x7xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Where are you?	1	This is a rhetorical question. God already knew the answer to this question. The purpose of the question was to force the man and the woman to explain why they were hiding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
121	2:7	o87m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	you	1	If your language has different words for you depending on the number of people intended, use the singular form. God was speaking only to the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
122	2:7	a8g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Adam replied, “I heard you walking in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked. So I hid.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Adam replied that he heard God walking in the garden, and was afraid because he was naked. So he hid.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
123	2:8	nqmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God asked, “Who told you that you were naked? Did you eat the fruit I told you not to eat?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God asked who told Adam, that he were naked, and it he had eaten the fruit that God told him not to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
124	2:8	pt3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Who told you that you were naked?	1	Or, “How did you find out that you were naked?” God already knows the answer to all of his questions. By asking this question and the following question, he was giving Adam the opportunity to admit his sin of disobedience. Being naked was not a sin. God created them that way. Their knowledge of their nakedness was the problem. Their shame showed that they had sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
125	2:8	sxm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Did you eat the fruit I told you not to eat?	1	This is a rhetorical question. God already knew that Adam had eaten the fruit that God had told him not to eat. This can be translated as: a statement: “You ate the fruit that I told you not to eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126	2:8	zo01			she gave me the fruit	1	The man blamed the woman rather than confessing his disobedience and accepting responsibility for disobeying God.
127	2:8	vapd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God asked the woman, “What have you done?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God asked the woman what she had done.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
128	2:8	w2ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	What have you done?	1	Or, “Why have you done this?” God already knew the answer to this question. By asking this question, he was giving the woman the opportunity to admit her guilt. He was also implying that she should not have done what she did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
129	2:8	w9bi			The snake tricked me	1	The snake deceived or misled her. He lied to her. Don’t use a word that indicates that he cast a spell on her or bewitched her. The woman blamed the snake rather than confessing her disobedience and accepting responsibility for disobeying God.
130	2:9	k8av			You are cursed!	1	This could also be translated as: “I curse you!” or “Great harm will come to you.” Do not use a word that implies magic.
131	2:9	gklw			will hate each other	1	The woman would hate the snake and the snake would hate the woman. The women’s descendants would also hate the snake’s descendants, and the snake’s descendants would hate them.
132	2:9	hh3x			The woman’s descendant	1	Refers to one of her descendants in particular.
133	2:9	rz9x			will crush your head	1	The descendant of the woman will destroy the descendant of the snake.
134	2:9	nqqe			will wound his heel	1	The descendant of the snake will wound the descendant of the woman.
135	2:10	rw36			childbirth very painful	1	Some languages may need to express this as a verb. You could say: ‘I will cause you to have much more pain when you give birth to children.’
136	2:11	ym34			the ground is cursed	1	As punishment for Adam’s disobedience, the earth would no longer be fruitful. Adam would have to work very hard to raise enough food to eat.
137	2:11	ac2q			you will die	1	The ultimate punishment for their disobedience was death. Spiritual death is our separation from God. Physical death is our separation from our body.
138	2:11	obty			will return to soil	1	God created Adam from the soil and gave him life. As a result of sin, his life will be taken from him and his body will decompose and become soil again.
139	2:11	s5su			Eve, which means “life-giver,”	1	God gave life to Adam and Eve, and it is passed on to every person through childbirth.
140	2:11	hs6x			the mother of all people	1	This means that she would be the female ancestor of all people. Some languages might say ‘she would be the grandmother of all people.’
141	2:12	jqaw			like us by knowing good and evil	1	Here, this phrase points to a new way that Adam and Eve would be like God. Because they had sinned, they were aware of evil and could experience it. You could say: “because now they knew both good and evil.”
142	2:12	qg82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	like us	1	The Bible teaches that there is one God, but the Old Testament word ‘God’ is a plural form, and God uses plural pronouns when speaking to himself. Some understand this as a special way of speaking that expresses God’s majesty, and others understand this as God the Father speaking to the Son and the Spirit, who are all God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
143	2:12	ay4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	good and evil	1	This is a merism. Good and evil are two extremes that represent everything in between them. God is saying that they would understand everything about what is right and wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
144	2:12	ehcp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	they must not be allowed	1	This can be stated in active form: “we must not allow them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
145	2:12	whfk			the fruit	1	The specific kind of fruit is not revealed, so it is best to translate this using a general word for fruit.
146	2:12	syma			the tree of life	1	This was an actual tree with fruit (See: 01:11). If a person ate this fruit, he would live continually and never die.
147	2:12	ho60			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
148	3:0	w76z	title		The Flood	1	This title can also be translated as: “About God made a great flood” or “What happened when God made a great flood?”
149	3:1	zqvf			After a long time	1	This story happens many generations (hundreds of years) after creation.
150	3:1	m0vs			very wicked and violent	1	It may be more natural to say: “had become wicked and did violent things.”
151	3:1	b1cx			It became so bad	1	It may be clearer to say: “People were behaving in such harmful and evil ways.”
152	3:1	clwy			God decided to destroy	1	This does not mean that the earth would be destroyed completely. Rather God planned to destroy all the people who had rebelled against him and who had caused such evil and violence. This flood would also kill all the land animals and the birds.
153	3:1	w6ra			a huge flood	1	Very deep water that would cover the earth, even in places where the ground was normally dry, and even covering the tops of the highest mountains.
154	3:2	byxv			God was pleased with Noah	1	God was pleased with Noah because he feared and obeyed God. So even though Noah was not sinless, God was gracious to him and made a plan to rescue his family from the devastating flood. Make sure this does not sound like Noah was lucky or that he just happened to escape. Rather, it was God’s choice.
155	3:2	yqq2			was going to make a big flood	1	God planned to cause deep water to cover the earth by sending a lot of rain. That is, he planned to cause the flood by causing a lot of rain to fall.
156	3:2	jhhl			a big flood	1	See how you translated this in 03:01.
157	3:3	rtkd			the boat	1	The boat was big enough to carry eight people, two of every kind of animal, and their provisions for almost a year.
158	3:4	wnd6			Noah warned the people	1	Noah told everyone that God planned to destroy the world because of sin.
159	3:4	tvfv			to turn to God	1	This means that they should stop sinning and start obeying God.
160	3:6	att5			God sent	1	Noah did not need to find the animals. God sent them to him.
161	3:6	xg2k			used for sacrifices	1	For some languages, it may be better to say something like, ‘animals that were acceptable to sacrifice to God.’ God had decided that people should sacrifice animals to him, but he only permitted them to sacrifice certain kinds of animals.
162	3:6	dkq8			God himself closed the door	1	This emphasizes that it was God who shut the door.
163	3:7	ahvc			rain, and rain, and rain	1	This emphasizes that there was an unusual, extreme amount of rain. Other languages may have a different way of emphasizing this.
164	3:7	egbq			gushing up	1	This indicates that there was a large amount of water coming out.
165	3:7	tm18			the whole world was covered	1	This refers to all the earth being covered with water from the flood.
166	3:9	acyq			the rains stopped	1	This could be translated as: “it stopped raining.”
167	3:9	edq4			the boat rested	1	There was so much water from the rain that it covered the mountains. The ship floated over the mountains, and when the water started to go down, the ship went down with the water and settled on a mountain.
168	3:9	bdgi			After three more months	1	During the next three months, the water continued to go down.
169	3:9	bdez			were visible	1	Other ways to translate this would be “were showing” or “appeared” or “could be seen.” It may be more clear to say: “After three months, the water had gone down enough so that Noah and his family could clearly see the tops of the mountains.”
170	3:10	xj4c			a raven	1	A black bird that flies and eats a variety of plant and animal foods, including the rotting flesh of dead animals.
171	3:11	co1y			a dove	1	A small white or gray flying bird that eats seeds or fruit.
172	3:11	js7m			an olive branch	1	An olive tree’s fruit contains oil which people use for cooking or putting on their skin. If your language does not have a word for olive branch, you could translate it as: “branch from a tree called ‘olive’” or “branch from an oil-tree.”
173	3:11	nzdg			The water was going down	1	It may be more natural in your language to say: “the water was going away” or “the level of the water was getting lower.”
174	3:12	h2gp			waited another week	1	You could say: “waited seven more days.” The word waited shows that Noah was allowing time for the floodwaters to go down before sending out the dove again.
175	3:13	z2q4			Two months later	1	This means two months after Noah released the dove from the ark. It may be necessary to say this explicitly if it is not clear.
176	3:13	b5rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God said to Noah, “You and your family and all the animals may leave the boat now. Have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Noah that he and his family and all the animals could leave the boat then, and have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
177	3:13	lurj			Have many children	1	To make sure it is clear that this was God’s command and desire, you could say: “You must have many children” or “I want you to have many children.”
178	3:13	ii8h			fill the earth	1	If this is not clear, it may be necessary to say: “and fill the earth with people” or “so that there will be many people living on the earth.”
179	3:13	v0br		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	came out	1	Some languages would say: “went out” instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
180	3:14	u30w			animal that could be used for a sacrifice	1	Another way to say this would be: “that people could use to sacrifice to him.”
181	3:14	he14			God was happy	1	God was pleased with Noah for sacrificing these animals.
182	3:15	um5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things that people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God promised to never again curse the ground because of the evil things that people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
183	3:15	jf5p			never again	1	This means ‘not ever again’ or ‘not again at any time’ or ‘truly not again.’ Examples: ‘I will not ever again curse the ground’ or ‘I will not curse the ground again at any time’ or ‘I will truly not curse the ground again.’
184	3:15	dd21			curse the ground	1	The earth and the other creatures suffered because of man’s sin.
185	3:15	clt9			the world	1	This refers to the earth and the living creatures that lived on it.
186	3:15	rsay			people are sinful from the time they are children	1	Another way to say this would be: “people do sinful things their entire lives.”
187	3:16	z8z9			rainbow	1	This is the multicolored arc of light that often appears in the sky after a rainstorm.
188	3:16	kq3l			a sign	1	A sign is something (such as an object or event) that gives a certain meaning or which points to something that is true or will happen.
189	3:16	c5q4			of his promise	1	In some languages, it may be better to say: “to show that he had promised.”
190	3:16	gz22			Every time	1	Make sure it is clear that this means every time a rainbow appeared from that time on. It may be necessary to add: “From then on, every time…”
191	3:16	zrkk			what he promised	1	This refers back to the previous frame in which God promised to never again destroy the earth with a flood.
192	3:16	mcy2			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
193	4:0	q8f7	title		God’s Covenant with Abraham	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God made a covenant with Abraham” or “Why did God make a covenant with Abraham?”
194	4:1	e6dt			Many years after the flood	1	Many generations had passed since the end of the flood.
195	4:1	jyda			there were again many people	1	Noah’s family multiplied into enough people to fill a city.
196	4:1	yif2			the same language	1	This means there was only one language, so they could all understand each other.
197	4:1	t0yn			a city	1	It is best to use a general word for city since the text does not give a specific name.
198	4:2	byba			a tall tower that would reach heaven	1	This structure was so tall that its top would be in the sky.
199	4:2	afks			heaven	1	This could be translated as: “sky.”
200	4:3	ga03			changed their language	1	In an instant, God miraculously gave them different languages to speak so that, suddenly, they were no longer able to understand each other.
201	4:3	s468			many different languages	1	Instead of one large group of people speaking one language, there were now many smaller people groups each speaking its own separate language.
202	4:3	hnr7			spread the people	1	When God changed their languages, he caused these groups of people to scatter out on the earth. Each group moved to its own area.
203	4:3	y07t			Babel	1	We don’t know the exact location of this city, other than it was somewhere in the ancient Middle East.
204	4:3	i23v			confused	1	This refers to how the people were confused or mixed-up when they could no longer understand each other after God changed their language.
205	4:4	kfkk			Hundreds of years later	1	This could be translated as: “many generations after the people split into different language groups at Babel.” or “a long time after that happened.”
206	4:4	avgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God told him, “Leave your country and family and go to the land I will show you. I will bless you and make you a great nation. I will make your name great. I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told him to leave his country and family and go to the land he would show him. God would bless him and make him a great nation. He would make his name great. He would bless those who curse Abram and curse those who curse him. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
207	4:4	uatd			Leave your country	1	This refers to the area where Abram was born and grew up (a region in Central Asia called ‘Ur’). It could be translated as: “native region” or “homeland” or something similar.
208	4:4	mymp			and family	1	God was calling Abram to leave behind most of his relatives. However, God was not telling Abram to abandon the people he was responsible for, including his wife.
209	4:4	b4ay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	make you a great nation	1	Here great nation is a metonym that means God would cause Abram to have many descendants, and they would become a large and important nation or country. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
210	4:4	ypev			will make your name great	1	This means that Abram’s name and family would become well-known throughout the world and people would think well of them.
211	4:4	hsfs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	All families on earth will be blessed because of you	1	This can be stated in active form: “I will bless all families on earth because of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
212	4:4	gzsw			All families on earth	1	Abram’s decision to follow God would affect not only his own family, but also families from every people group on earth.
213	4:5	mnef			He took	1	Some languages would say: “He brought” here. Others would use two different verbs here, such as: “He caused his wife to come with him” or “He brought along all of their servants and possessions.”
214	4:5	e69m			God showed him	1	Somehow God made it clear to Abram where he was to go. The text doesn’t tell how God showed him.
215	4:5	n4dh			the land of Canaan	1	The name of this land was ‘Canaan.’ This could be translated as: “the land called Canaan.”
216	4:6	zznr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you all this land, and your descendants will always possess it.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Abram to look all around, for God would give to him all this land, and his descendants would always possess it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
217	4:6	uf8p			all this land	1	If Abram was standing on a mountain, he could have seen a very large area. On several occasions, God promised to give the entire land of Canaan to Abram and his descendants.
218	4:6	bb0t			your descendants will always possess it	1	God promised to give the land to Abram and also to his descendants.
219	4:6	wtvu			Then Abram settled in the land	1	Abram lived there along with all those who had gone there with him.
220	4:7	nqh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Melchizedek blessed Abram and said, “May God Most High who owns heaven and earth bless Abram.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Melchizedek blessed Abram and asked that God Most High who owns heaven and earth would bless Abram.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
221	4:7	sy9j			Melchizedek	1	Melchizedek was the recognized religious authority in Canaan who received and presented offerings to God.
222	4:7	tc6p			God Most High	1	The people of Canaan worshiped many false gods. The title Most High God explains that the God that Melchizedek worshiped was far superior to all of them, and was the same God that Abram worshiped.
223	4:8	jgg0			Many years went by	1	A large number of years had passed since God had first promised that Abram would have a son.
224	4:8	shwl			as the stars in the sky	1	This expression means that Abram’s descendants will be so many that no one can count them all.
225	4:9	z4yk			two parties	1	The parties could be two people, two groups of people, or a person and a group of people.
226	4:9	zcg8			in this case, God made a promise to Abram	1	The promise that God made to Abraham was without conditions. God would do what he promised. It did not depend on what Abram did.
227	4:9	kapa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God said, “I will give you a son from your own body. I give the land of Canaan to your descendants.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God said he would give Abram a son from his own body, and would give the land of Canaan to his descendants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
228	4:9	gmb5			from your own body	1	With his own body, Abram would cause his wife to become pregnant, so that, together, they would have their own, natural son. This was an amazing promise, since Abram and Sarai were very old.
229	4:9	pfam			did not have a son	1	Abram still did not have any descendants who could possess the land.
230	4:9	wx5y			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
231	5:0	how2	title		The Son of Promise	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God promised Abraham that he would have a son” or “How did God promise to give Abraham a son?”
232	5:1	temq			they still did not have a child	1	Without a child, Abram had no descendants to become a great nation.
233	5:1	jdn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him, “Since God has not allowed me to have children, and now I am too old to have children, here is my servant, Hagar. Marry her also so she can have a child for me.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him that since God had not allowed her to have children and now I am too old to have children, Abram should take her servant, Hagar, and marry her also so she could have a child for Sarai.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
234	5:1	dw0n			Marry her also	1	Abram would take Hagar as a second wife, but Hagar would not have the full status of a wife as Sarai did. She was still Sarai’s servant.
235	5:1	ljh2			have a child for me	1	Since Hagar was Sarai’s servant, Sarai would be considered the mother of any children that Hagar bore.
236	5:2	zq37			married	1	Hagar became Abram’s concubine–a ‘second wife’ of lower status. Hagar was still Sarai’s servant.
237	5:2	pfsd			became jealous of Hagar	1	Sarai was jealous of Hagar because Hagar could have children and Sarai could not.
238	5:3	gc5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God also told Abram, “You will be the father of many nations. I will give you and your descendants the land of Canaan as their possession, and I will be their God forever. You must circumcise every male in your family.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God also told Abram that Abram would be the father of many nations. God would give him and his descendants the land of Canaan as their possession and would be their God forever. Abram must circumcise every male in his family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
239	5:3	vdj7			the father of many nations	1	Abram would have many descendants, and they would have their own lands and rule themselves. They and others would remember that Abram was their ancestor and would honor him.
240	5:3	b9er			I will be their God	1	Another way to say this is: “I will be the God that they will worship.”
241	5:3	phbf			every male in your family	1	This could be translated as: “every boy and man in your family.” This included Abram’s servants and his descendants.
242	5:4	euvk			General Information	1	God continues to speak to Abram.
243	5:4	trv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	“Your wife, Sarai, will have a son—he will be the son of promise. Name him Isaac. I will make my covenant with him, and he will become a great nation. I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “His wife, Sarai, would have a son—he will be the son of promise. He would name him Isaac. God would make is covenant with Isaac, and he will become a great nation. God would make Ishmael a great nation, too, but his covenant would be with Isaac.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
244	5:4	soaz			the son of promise	1	Isaac would be the son that God promised to Sarai and Abram. He would also be the son that God would use to give Abram many descendants.
245	5:4	jcti			I will make my covenant with him	1	This would be the same covenant that God made with Abram.
246	5:4	u89c			father of many	1	As God had promised, Abraham would become the ancestor of many people who would even become many nations.
247	5:4	pdyb			princess	1	A princess is a daughter of a king. The names Sarai and Sarah apparently both meant ‘princess.’ But God changed her name to signify that she would be the mother of many nations, and some of her descendants would be kings.
248	5:5	m26i			all the males in his household	1	This means all of the men and boys that Abraham was responsible for, including his male servants, young and old.
249	5:6	trwv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God tested Abraham’s faith by saying, “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God tested Abraham’s faith by telling him to take Isaac, his only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
250	5:6	dwja			God tested Abraham’s faith	1	God wanted Abraham to show that he was completely submitted to God, that he would obey whatever God told him to do.
251	5:6	r82o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	your only son	1	It is implied that God knows that Abraham has another son, Ishmael. This emphasizes that Isaac is the son that God promised to give Abraham. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “your only son whom I have promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252	5:6	eef5			kill him	1	God did not want human sacrifice. God wanted to see that Abraham loved God more than he loved his son and would obey God even when God told him to give his son back to God.
253	5:6	aw61			prepared to sacrifice his son	1	Abraham got ready to sacrifice his son. God stopped him before he killed his son.
254	5:7	jb4k			walked to the place of sacrifice	1	God had told Abraham to sacrifice Isaac on a special high hill that was about three days’ walk from where they lived.
255	5:7	ez0z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Isaac asked, “Father, we have wood for the sacrifice, but where is the lamb?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Isaac told his father that they had wood for the sacrifice, but he did not know where the lamb was.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
256	5:7	cndz			wood for the sacrifice	1	For a sacrifice, normally the lamb was killed and then placed on top of wood so that the wood and the lamb could be burned up with fire.
257	5:7	e5cy			the lamb	1	A young sheep or goat would be the normal animal for a sacrifice.
258	5:7	qw8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Abraham replied, “God will provide the lamb for the sacrifice, my son.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Abraham replied to his son that God would provide the lamb for the sacrifice.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
259	5:7	qmv0			will provide the lamb	1	Abraham may have believed that Isaac was the lamb that God provided, although God fulfilled Abraham’s words by providing a ram to sacrifice in Isaac’s place.
260	5:8	auut			to kill his son	1	God did not want human sacrifice. God wanted to see that Abraham loved God more than he loved his son and would obey God even when God told him to give his son back to God.
261	5:8	t5ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God said, “Stop! Do not hurt the boy! Now I know that you fear me because you did not keep your only son from me.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told him to stop, and not to hurt the boy! God now knew that Abraham feared God because he did not keep his only son from him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
262	5:8	wy4t			you fear me	1	Abraham feared God, which included respect and reverence for God. Because of those things, he obeyed God.
263	5:8	s1mq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	your only son	1	Ishmael was also Abraham’s son, but Isaac was the only son of Abraham and Sarah. God’s covenant was with Isaac and it was through Isaac that God would fulfill his promise. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “your only son whom I have promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
264	5:9	y8d1			a ram	1	A ram is an adult male sheep.
265	5:9	oncb			God had provided the ram	1	Just at the right moment, God caused the ram to be stuck in the bush.
266	5:10	pted		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God said to Abraham, “Because you were willing to give me everything, even your only son, I promise to bless you. Your descendants will be more than the stars in the sky. Because you have obeyed me, I will bless all the families of the world through your family.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said to Abraham that because Abraham was willing to give God everything, even his only son, he promised to bless him. His descendants will be more than the stars in the sky. Because Abraham had obeyed him, God would bless all the families of the world through Abraham’s family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
267	5:10	dk6t			your only son	1	See explanation in 05:08.
268	5:10	wpgm			the stars in the sky	1	See explanation in 04:08.
269	5:10	l9k9			all the families of the world	1	Here, families refers to the larger distinct groups of people on earth, rather than to each set of parents and children.
270	5:10	tndw			your family	1	Here, family refers to the many descendants that Abraham would have. The future generations of the world would be blessed through Abraham’s descendants. The greatest blessing would come many generations later through God’s chosen servant, the Messiah.
271	5:10	zpnv			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
272	6:0	ln8a	title		God Provides for Isaac	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God got a wife for Isaac” or “How did God get a wife for Isaac?”
273	6:1	stnv			sent one of his servants back	1	This could be translated as: “told one of his servants to go back.” The word back means that the servant would be going to the same place where Abraham used to live long ago before he came to Canaan. Make sure the translation of this phrase makes that clear.
274	6:1	ebhn			to the land	1	This land was east of where Abraham was now living.
275	6:1	g10j			to bring back a wife for his son, Isaac	1	This could be translated as: “to bring back an unmarried woman for his son, Isaac, to marry.”
276	6:2	jn75			the granddaughter of Abraham’s brother	1	Specifically, she was the daughter of Abraham’s brother’s son. Her grandfather was Abraham’s brother.
277	6:3	x2os			Rebekah agreed	1	Even though Rebekah’s parents were arranging her marriage, they did not force her to go marry Isaac.
278	6:4	sl9v			God then blessed Abraham’s son Isaac because of the covenant he had made with Abraham.	1	The promises of the covenant that God made with Abraham were not for him only, but also for his descendants.
279	6:4	bo4d			countless	1	This could also be translated as: “very many.” The word countless means there would be so many descendants that people would not be able to count them.
280	6:5	fmvr			in Rebekah’s womb	1	This could mean ‘inside her.’
281	6:6	uj1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God told Rebekah, “You will give birth to two sons. Their descendants will become two different nations. They will struggle with each other. But the nation coming from your older son will have to obey the nation coming from your younger son.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Rebekah that she would give birth to two sons. Their descendants would become two different nations. They would struggle with each other. But the nation coming from her older son would have to obey the nation coming from her younger son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
282	6:6	wy0a			They will struggle with each other	1	Both the two sons and the nations that will come from them will continually fight with each other. Compare to 06:05.
283	6:6	lsbd			your older son	1	Even though the babies were twins, the baby that came out first would be treated as the older son.
284	6:7	qkna			Rebekah’s babies were born	1	Some languages have a more indirect way of saying this such as: “when Rebekah saw and took them” or “when Rebekah brought them to light.”
285	6:7	i86k			the older son came out & the younger son came out	1	This could be translated as: “the first son to come out was…the second son to come out was.” Make sure that the way older and younger are translated still communicates that the boys were twins.
286	6:7	u3fz			red	1	This may mean that his skin was very red or that the hair on his body was red.
287	6:7	t0ol			hairy	1	Esau had a lot of hair on his body. You could say: “the older son’s body was red, with lots of hair.”
288	6:7	fsqb			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
289	7:0	mhz1	title		God Blesses Jacob	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God helped Jacob” or “What did God do to help Jacob?”
290	7:1	a5s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	As the boys grew up, Jacob loved to stay at home, but Esau loved to hunt animals	1	This is background information telling how the boys were different from each other, and that their parents each favored one child over the other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
291	7:1	vf5f			loved to stay at home & loved to hunt	1	Some languages will use a word for love here that is different from the one used for, “Rebekah loved Jacob.” For example, this could be translated as: “liked to stay at home…liked to hunt” or “preferred to stay at home…preferred to hunt.”
292	7:1	kmsg			at home	1	This expression refers to the area around the family dwellings. Jacob preferred to stay close to the tents where they lived. Some languages have a special expression for at home.
293	7:1	buit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Esau loved to hunt animals	1	The connecting word but contrasts Esau’s love of hunting with Jacob’s love of staying home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
294	7:1	l1oe			Rebekah loved Jacob, but Isaac loved Esau	1	This could be translated as: “Rebekah was more fond of Jacob, and Isaac was more fond of Esau.” This does not necessarily mean that Rebekah and Isaac did not love the other son, but that each parent had a favorite.
295	7:1	oxd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Isaac loved Esau	1	The connecting word but contrasts Isaac’s love of Esau with Rebekah’s love of Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
296	7:2	nbce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Esau said to Jacob, “Give me some of the food you have made.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Esau asked Jacob to give him some of the food that Jacob had made.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
297	7:2	l1sl			Give me some of the food & you will give it all	1	Some languages may prefer to use two different words for give here. This would also apply to, “Esau promised to give…Jacob gave” in the last two sentences.
298	7:2	svny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jacob responded, “First, promise me that everything you should receive because you were born first, you will give it all to me.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jacob told Esau to first promise that everything Easu would receive because he was born first, he would give it all to Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
299	7:2	wznw			everything you should receive because you were born first	1	According to their custom, since Esau was the oldest son, he should have been the one to receive twice as much of their father’s wealth when their father died. Jacob thought of a way to take these rights of the oldest son from Esau.
300	7:3	ss81			give his blessing	1	It was customary for fathers to formally express their desire for good things to happen to their children. Normally, the older son received the best promise. Isaac wanted this extra prosperity to happen to Esau.
301	7:3	ea6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But before he did	1	The connecting word But here contrasts Isaac’s desire to give Esau a blessing with the Rebekah and Jacob’s trick that intervened, preventing him from doing so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
302	7:3	of4g			tricked him	1	The word trick means to do something to deliberately deceive someone. Rebekah came up with a plan to deceive Isaac into giving Jacob the special blessing instead of Esau.
303	7:3	spr2			pretend	1	The word pretend shows how Jacob would deceive his father (who had very poor eyesight in his old age).
304	7:3	s5we		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So Jacob put on Esau’s clothes and put goatskins on his neck and hands.	1	The connecting word So here connects the result, Jacob put on Esau’s clothes and goatskin to deceive Isaac, with the reason, Isaac was old and blind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
305	7:3	aupu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Esau’s clothes	1	This refers to the clothes that Esau owned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
306	7:3	foga			goatskins	1	The hairiness of the goatskins would make Jacob feel like Esau.
307	7:4	o02a			Jacob came to Isaac	1	In some languages, it might be more natural to say: “Jacob went to Isaac.”
308	7:4	w3fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	When Isaac felt the goat hair and smelled the clothes, he thought it was Esau and blessed him.	1	This is a sequential clause. The word When connects Isaac feeling and smelling Jacob with the resulting action (he believed it was Esau and blessed him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
309	7:4	rgt4			he thought it was Esau	1	He thought that the person he was touching and smelling was Esau.
310	7:5	u325		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because Jacob had stolen his rights as oldest son and also his blessing	1	The connecting word because connects the reason, Jacob stole Esau’s rights and blessing, with the result, Esau hated Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
311	7:5	dsks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	his rights	1	This refers to the the extra blessing and inheritance that belonged to Esau because he was the firstborn son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
312	7:5	y6l9			rights as oldest son	1	Jacob found a way to get the larger portion of their father’s wealth that should have gone to Esau as the older son. See also note on 07:02.
313	7:5	sclr			his blessing	1	Jacob also tricked their father into giving him the promise of extra prosperity that Isaac intended to give to Esau. See also note on 07:03.
314	7:5	apwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So he planned to kill Jacob	1	The connecting word So connects the result, Esau planned to kill Jacob, with the reason, Esau hated Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
315	7:6	a43t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan	1	The connecting word But is used in a contrast relationship. It contrasts Esau’s plan to kill Jacob with Rebekah hearing of it and devising a different plan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
316	7:6	lm1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Esau’s plan	1	This refers to the plan that Esau had decided to do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Esau’s plan was to kill Jacob after his father died.
317	7:6	a70x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So she and Isaac sent Jacob far away	1	The connecting word So connects the result, Rebekah and Isaac sent Jacob far away, with the reason, Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan to kill Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
318	7:6	zehh			she and Isaac sent Jacob far away	1	Rebekah wanted to protect Jacob from Esau, so she talked to Isaac about sending Jacob away.
319	7:6	gs14			far away to live with her relatives	1	This was the same place where Rebekah was living when Abraham’s servant asked her to be Isaac’s wife. To make this clear, you could add: “in the same land where she used to live.” The land was to the east, several hundred miles away.
320	7:6	ydz5			her relatives	1	This could also be translated as: “their relatives.” Since Abraham’s brother was Rebekah’s grandfather, her relatives were also Isaac’s relatives.
321	7:7	nw5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Rebekah’s relatives	1	This refers to a social relationship—these people were related to Rebekah as part of her extended family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
322	7:7	jbla		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	During that time he married and had 12 sons and a daughter. God made him very wealthy.	1	This is background information about what happened while Jacob was away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
323	7:7	mgy9			very wealthy	1	This included money, large herds of animals and other possessions.
324	7:8	naby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	After 20 years	1	Jacob had lived for twenty years in the land where his mother was from. If that is not clear you could say: “After twenty years living in the land where his relatives were…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
325	7:8	avqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	his family	1	This refers to a social relationship—the people who were his family, those related to him by birth or marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
326	7:8	ahpv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	all his flocks and herds of animals	1	This refers to ownership—all the groups of animals that belonged to him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
327	7:8	jb9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	herds	1	A herd is a large group of animals. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
328	7:9	mir9			Your servant, Jacob	1	Jacob was not actually Esau’s servant. But Jacob told his servants to say this because he wanted to show Esau that he was coming to him humbly and respectfully, so that Esau would no longer be angry with him.
329	7:10	ah4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Esau no longer wanted to harm Jacob	1	The connecting word But here contrasts Jacob’s fear of Esau wanting to kill him with Esau no longer wanting to harm Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
330	7:10	xaee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Instead, he was very happy to see him again	1	The connecting word Instead contrasts Jacob’s fear of Esau wanting to kill him with Esau being happy to see Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
331	7:10	hjkz			lived peacefully	1	This refers to the fact that Esau and Jacob were not angry at each other and did not fight with each other.
332	7:10	hmhm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then Isaac died	1	The connecting word Then connects the timing of events. Jacob’s return to Canaan and living there were followed by Isaac’s death and Jacob and Esau burying him together. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
333	7:10	r9uo			buried him	1	This could mean that they dug a hole in the ground, placed Isaac’s body in it, and covered the hole with dirt or stones. Or it could mean that they placed Isaac’s body in a cave and covered the opening.
334	7:10	erbu			The covenant promises	1	These were the promises that God made in his covenant with Abraham.
335	7:10	v9bs			passed on from Isaac to Jacob	1	The promises went from Abraham to his son Isaac, and now to Isaac’s son Jacob. Esau did not receive the promises (See: 06:04).
336	7:10	sqs3			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
337	8:0	mics	title		God Saves Joseph and His Family	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God took care of Joseph and his family” or “How did God rescue Joseph and his family?”
338	8:1	ewlu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Many years later, when Jacob was an old man	1	This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
339	8:1	ga59			sent	1	This word means that Jacob told Joseph to go and Joseph went.
340	8:1	tv09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	his favorite son	1	This phase refers to a social relationship—the favorite son who was born to him. This could be translated as: “the son he loved more than any of his other children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
341	8:1	w4fv			check on	1	This means that Joseph is to go and see if everything is all right with his brothers. Some languages might say something like: “to see about his brothers’ well-being.”
342	8:1	c80b			his brothers	1	These were Joseph’s older brothers.
343	8:1	jib8			were taking care of the flocks	1	Since this was several days’ journey away, it may be necessary to say: “who were far away taking care of…”
344	8:2	mlye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because their father loved him most, and because Joseph had dreamed	1	The word because connects the two reasons Joseph’s brothers hated him (their father loved him most and Joseph’s dream), with the result (they hated him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
345	8:2	xh66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	When Joseph came	1	The word When indicates the order of events. After Joseph came the brothers took him captive and sold him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
346	8:2	ccu1			came to his brothers	1	Another way this could be translated is: “reached the place where his brothers were.”
347	8:2	ub5h			took him captive	1	They took him against his will. It was not right for them to do this.
348	8:2	bnu4			slave traders	1	These were people who made a business of buying people from one owner and selling them as slaves to another owner.
349	8:3	c6d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Before Joseph’s brothers returned home	1	The connecting word Before indicates the order of events. Joseph’s brothers tore his robe and dipped it in blood. Then they returned home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
350	8:3	cfim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	goat’s blood	1	This connects the blood with the goat, of which it was a part. The brothers wanted Jacob to think that the blood on the clothes was Joseph’s blood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
351	8:3	lly0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he would think that a wild animal	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (showing Jacob the torn robe dipped in blood), with the desired result (Jacob thinking a wild animal killed Joseph). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
352	8:4	ta81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River.	1	This is background information about the country of Egypt where the slave traders took Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
353	8:4	gtsr			a wealthy government official	1	This was a person who was part of the Egyptian government. Another way to say this would be: “a leader in Egypt’s government.”
354	8:4	b739		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Joseph served his master well, and God blessed Joseph.	1	The connecting word and indicates two events that happened when Joseph became a slave. There is no indication of cause and effect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
355	8:5	tukk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	tried to sleep with Joseph	1	Another way to say this would be: “tried to seduce Joseph to have sex with her.” To sleep with is a way of expressing this in order not to be crude or offensive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
356	8:5	h4jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Joseph refused to sin against God	1	The connecting word but indicates a contrast. You would expect that when Joseph’s master’s wife tried to sleep with him, Joseph would agree, but instead he did the unexpected and refused. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
357	8:5	fqf9			sin against God	1	It is against God’s law for people to have sex together if they are not married to each other. Joseph did not want to sin by disobeying God’s law.
358	8:5	xvyc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Even in prison	1	The connecting word Even indicates a contrast. You would expect Joseph to become bitter in prison but, instead, he continued to be faithful and God continued to bless him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
359	8:5	upxw			remained faithful to God	1	Another way to say this would be: “continued to obey God.”
360	8:6	cpy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	which is what the Egyptians called their kings	1	This is background information about the title, ‘Pharaoh.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
361	8:6	s8pl			disturbed him greatly	1	This means that the king felt very afraid and confused (because of what he had seen in the dreams).
362	8:6	tex1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	None of his advisors could tell him the meaning of the dreams.	1	The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. This can be clearly stated: “God did not enable any of his advisors to tell him the meaning of the dreams..’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363	8:6	jfx5			his advisors	1	These were men with special powers and knowledge who could sometimes tell what dreams meant. Some translations refer to them as ‘wise men.’
364	8:6	tba9			the meaning of the dreams	1	People in Egypt believed that dreams were messages from the gods telling them about what would happen in the future. God used Pharaoh’s dreams to tell him what would happen.
365	8:7	zx9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams	1	Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. This can be clearly stated: “God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams in order to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
366	8:7	fx3x			to interpret dreams	1	To interpret is to tell what something means. So Joseph was able to tell people what their dreams meant.
367	8:7	dx3z			had Joseph brought to him	1	Another way to say this would be: “ordered his servants to bring Joseph to him.”
368	8:7	wx8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	and said, “God is going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “and told him that God was going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
369	8:7	xpky			God is going to send	1	God will cause the crops to grow well for seven years, and after that he will cause them to produce very little food so that the people and animals will not have enough to eat.
370	8:7	wjnf			famine	1	The gardens and fields would produce so little food that people and animals would not have enough to eat.
371	8:8	zbif			was so impressed with Joseph	1	Pharaoh was amazed by Joseph’s wisdom and felt respect for him; he trusted Joseph to make wise decisions that would benefit the people. It may be clearer to say: “impressed with Joseph’s wisdom.”
372	8:8	py9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt!	1	This is a strong statement that emphasizes how unusual it was for a slave to be so honored by the Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
373	8:8	kkyi			the second most powerful man	1	Pharaoh made Joseph a very powerful and important ruler over all of Egypt. Only Pharaoh was more powerful and important than Joseph.
374	8:9	hnfl			to store up large amounts of food	1	From the abundant harvests, they took food to the cities and stored it there. The food then belonged to Pharaoh.
375	8:9	h505			famine	1	See how you translated this in 08:07.
376	8:10	ehrd			The famine was severe	1	The famine was very bad. There was very little food and many people outside of Egypt were starving.
377	8:10	th80			Egypt, but also in Canaan	1	For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to say: “the country of Egypt, but also in the land of Canaan.”
378	8:11	j8s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So, Jacob sent his older sons to Egypt to buy food.	1	The connecting word So connects the result (Jacob send his sons to buy food), with the reason (the famine was bad in Canaan). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
379	8:11	bzkk			his older sons	1	These were Joseph’s older brothers who had sold him into slavery.
380	8:11	y18i			did not recognize Joseph	1	They did not know that the man was Joseph, because now Joseph was much older than when they last saw him, and he was dressed as an Egyptian ruler.
381	8:11	a07j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Joseph recognized them.	1	The connecting word But indicates a contrast relationship. It contrasts Joseph’s brothers not recognizing him with Joseph recognizing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
382	8:12	u1r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After testing his brothers	1	The connecting word After begins a sequential clause. Joseph tested his brothers to see if they had changed and then he revealed who he was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
383	8:12	lj8p			testing his brothers	1	Joseph placed his older brothers in a difficult situation to see if they would protect their youngest brother or treat him as badly as they had treated Joseph. When they protected their youngest brother, Joseph knew they had changed.
384	8:12	fv7u			if they had changed	1	Another way to say this would be: “if they were different than they used to be.” Years ago Joseph’s brothers sold him into slavery. Joseph wanted to find out if they would now do what was right.
385	8:12	s28f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	I am your brother, Joseph!	1	This is a strong statement that Joseph was indeed their brother, even though he knew they would find it very difficut to believe that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
386	8:12	fb7o			Do not be afraid	1	Joseph gave this command to his brothers who were afraid because they had greatly wronged Joseph. Now, as a great ruler, he had the power to punish them. Joseph could refuse to sell them food, or could even put them in prison or kill them. Another way to say this would be: “You do not need to fear any punishment from me.”
387	8:12	gx2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but God used the evil for good!	1	The connecting word but contrasts Joseph’s brother’s desire to do evil to God’s using it for good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
388	8:12	z1yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	God used the evil for good!	1	This is a strong statement, because it is surprising that God was able to cause good to happen from the evil thing the brothers did to Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
389	8:12	lypw			evil for good	1	Joseph’s brothers did an evil thing when they sold Joseph as a slave and he was taken to Egypt. But God allowed this so that Joseph could save thousands of people, including his own family, from starving during the famine. This was a very good thing.
390	8:14	gj6m			Even though Jacob was an old man, he moved to Egypt	1	Egypt was a great distance away from Canaan, and it would have been difficult for an elderly man to walk or ride a cart that far.
391	8:14	pezf			Before Jacob died	1	Jacob died in Egypt. He did not get to return to Canaan, the land God had promised to give to him and his descendants.
392	8:15	i8yn			The covenant promises	1	Long ago God made an agreement with Abraham and promised him that he would give him many descendants; they would possess the land of Canaan and become a great nation. God also promised that all peoples would be blessed through Abraham’s line (See: 07:10).
393	8:15	o0rz			were passed on to	1	Other ways to say this are: “passed down to” or “given to” or “applied to.” God’s promise to Abraham was also for Abraham’s children, grandchildren and all the rest of his descendants (See: 06:04).
394	8:15	fm78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	the 12 tribes of Israel	1	God had promised Abraham, Isaac and Jacob that their descendants would become a great nation. God later changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob’s 12 sons became 12 great tribes. These 12 tribes made up the ancient nation called Israel, which was named by Jacob’s new name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395	8:15	hbyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	12	1	This could also be written in words: “twelve.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
396	8:15	z623			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
397	9:0	kgmw	title		God Calls Moses	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God called Moses to work for him” or “How did God call Moses to work for him?”
398	9:1	fe1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After Joseph died	1	This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
399	9:1	wfof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	his relatives	1	This refers to a social relationship—all the people who were related to him by birth or marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
400	9:1	nqg2			They were called the Israelites	1	The people group that descended from Jacob was called ‘Israel,’ which is the name that God gave to Jacob. The people from that group were called Israelites.
401	9:2	dg1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After hundreds of years	1	This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
402	9:2	rjza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Israelites	1	‘Israelite people’ or ‘people of Israel’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
403	9:2	pl6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Egyptians	1	‘Egyptian people’ or ‘people of Egypt’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
404	9:2	mynm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because there were so many of them	1	The connecting word because connects the action (the Egyptians being afraid) with the reason (there were so many Isrealites). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
405	9:2	i24t			Pharaoh	1	Pharaoh is an Egyptian word that refers to their king. This Pharaoh was probably the son of a former Pharaoh who had died, who may have been a descendant of the Pharaoh that Joseph knew.
406	9:2	y4c0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	who was ruling Egypt at that time	1	This is background information about the ruler who was Pharaoh at that time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
407	9:2	raal			made the Israelites slaves	1	This could mean ‘forced the Israelites to do hard labor against their will and treated them very harshly.’
408	9:3	a6ud			made their lives miserable	1	This means that they suffered terribly because of how harshly they were treated and how hard they were forced to work. They also felt very discouraged.
409	9:3	itoq			God blessed them	1	God took care of them, helping them endure the severe treatment and even caused them to become more numerous by giving them many children.
410	9:4	gh4z			saw	1	Other ways to say this are: “realized” or “knew.”
411	9:4	r36l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he ordered his people to kill	1	The connecting word so connects the result (Pharaoh ordered the people to kill all the Israelite boys), with the reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
412	9:5	w9bv			as long as she could	1	She hid the baby from the Egyptians until it became too difficult to keep him safely hidden in her home.
413	9:6	s8ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	reeds	1	A reed is a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
414	9:7	lmfg			took him as her own son	1	She was a princess. When she made him her son, he became a prince of Egypt.
415	9:7	w8hk			to nurse him	1	Another way to say this would be: “to breastfeed him.”
416	9:8	hmzg			had grown up	1	Another way to say this would be: “had grown into a man.”
417	9:8	szld			his fellow Israelite	1	This phrase refers to the Israelite slave. The word fellow here indicates that Moses was also an Israelite. Although the daughter of the Egyptian Pharaoh raised Moses, Moses remembered that he was really an Israelite.
418	9:10	dd4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Moses fled from Egypt	1	The connecting word But contrasts Pharaoh trying to kill Moses with Moses escaping into the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
419	9:10	ygrl			the wilderness	1	The wilderness was a large area that was rocky and dry. The land there was not good for growing food and few people lived there.
420	9:11	j2s7			the wilderness	1	See how you translated this in 09:10.
421	9:12	y6if			taking care of his father-in-law’s flock of sheep	1	This means he was doing the work of a shepherd to guide the sheep to grass and water, and to protect them. It could be translated as: “tending the sheep that belonged to his father-in-law.”
422	9:12	dabk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	flock of sheep	1	A flock of sheep is a large group of sheep that are owned by someone. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
423	9:12	ezhs			a bush on fire, burning without being destroyed	1	God made the bush full of fire, but the fire did not damage the bush.
424	9:12	liep			God spoke to him	1	This could be translated as: “God said out loud.” Moses heard God speak, but he did not see God.
425	9:12	ux6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God spoke to him and said, “Moses, take off your shoes. You are standing on holy ground.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Moses to take off his shoes, because he was standing on holy ground.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
426	9:12	jin0			take off your shoes	1	God wanted him to take off his shoes to show that he greatly respected God. To make clear the reason for this, you could say: “take off your shoes, because you are on holy ground.”
427	9:12	v3po			holy ground	1	It was holy in the sense that God set it apart from the ordinary land and made it to be a special place where He would reveal Himself.
428	9:13	d461			the suffering of my people	1	This could be translated as: “the very harsh treatment that my people are experiencing.” Some languages might translate this as: “how the Egyptians are giving my people terrible pain.”
429	9:13	vsrd			my people	1	This refers to the Israelites. God had made a covenant with Abraham and his descendants that he would bless them and make them into a great nation. Through this covenant, the Israelites became God’s own people.
430	9:13	suxt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so that you can bring the Israelites	1	The connecting words so that connect the result (Moses bringing the Israelites out of their slavery), and the reason (God has seen their suffering). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
431	9:13	e7kd			can bring the Israelites out of their slavery in Egypt	1	This can be translated as: “can set the Israelites free from being slaves in Egypt” or “can bring the Israelites out of Egypt where they are now slaves.”
432	9:14	kk01			the people	1	See my people in 09:13.
433	9:14	dghi			I AM WHO I AM	1	This description shows that God can only be defined by himself, not by anything else that we know of, and he cannot be compared to anyone else.
434	9:14	tgo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Tell them that I AM has sent you to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
435	9:14	t53d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	I AM	1	This name emphasizes that God is the only one who has always lived and always will live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
436	9:14	n79m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Also tell them that I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
437	9:14	hjln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	Yahweh	1	The name Yahweh means ‘HE IS’ and expresses that God exists by his own power—no one created him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
438	9:14	mrg5			my name	1	The name that God told Moses and all of Israel to use for him is ‘Yahweh,’ which is related to ‘I AM’ and appears to mean ‘HE IS.’
439	9:15	zky5			was afraid and did not want to go	1	Moses knew that Pharaoh wanted to kill him, and he did not believe that he could do what God wanted him to do.
440	9:15	i8s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so God sent Moses’ brother	1	The connecting word so connects the result (God sent Aaron to help Moses), and the reason (Moses thought he could not speak well). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
441	9:15	jq53			Moses’ brother, Aaron	1	Aaron was Moses’ actual brother from his Israelite mother and father. Aaron would have been at least several years older than Moses.
442	9:15	sfgu			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
443	10:0	cl9s	title		The Ten Plagues	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the Egyptians suffer with the Ten Plagues” or “What happened when God made the Egyptians suffer from the ten plagues?”
444	10:1	m1ye			stubborn	1	This means the Pharaoh would refuse to obey God. You may also want to add: “stubborn and refuse to listen (or obey).”
445	10:1	ktbv			to Pharaoh	1	It may be clearer to say: “to Pharaoh’s palace to talk to him.”
446	10:1	mr45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The God of Israel says to let his people go!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
447	10:1	lkwm			the God of Israel	1	This could be translated as: “God, who chose the Israelites to be his people” or “God, who rules the people of Israel” or “the God whom the Israelites worship.”
448	10:1	g5h0			Let my people go!	1	Other ways to say this are: “Allow my people to go free!” or “Free my people to leave Egypt!”
449	10:1	tgdk			my people	1	See my people in 09:13.
450	10:1	dul9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Pharaoh did not listen	1	The connecting word But connects what Moses and Aaron said God told Pharaoh to do (let his people go), with what he did (he did not listen to them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
451	10:1	skla			listen to	1	This could be translated as: “heed” or “obey.”
452	10:1	r88a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Instead of letting the Israelites go free	1	The connecting word Instead connects what Moses and Aaron told Pharaoh to do (listen to God and let his people go), with what Pharaoh did (make them work harder). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
453	10:1	cg8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	he forced them to work even harder!	1	This is a strong statement that Pharaoh not only did not free the Israelites, he made their lives even harder! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
454	10:2	mrn5			the people	1	This refers to the people of Israel, also called ‘the Israelites.’
455	10:2	hcp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so God sent	1	The connecting word so connects the cause (Pharaoh made the Israelites work harder instead of letting them go), with the result (God sent ten terrible plagues on Egypt). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
456	10:2	zo3y			ten terrible plagues	1	A plague is something very bad or terrible that happens to someone or something. A plague usually refers to something that affects many people or happens over a large geographic area. Another word for plague would be ‘disaster.’
457	10:2	uilu			all of Egypt’s gods	1	It may be more clear to say: “all the gods that the Egyptian people worshiped.” The people of Egypt worshiped many different false gods. Some of these false gods did not exist. Other false gods that they worshiped were actually demons. Demons are not as powerful as the God of Israel.
458	10:3	m27f			turned the Nile River into blood	1	Some languages may need to say: “turned the water in the Nile River into blood.” There was blood in the river instead of water, so the fish died and the people had no water to drink.
459	10:3	o0i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Pharaoh still	1	The connecting word but contrasts God turning the river to blood with Pharoah not letting the Israelites go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
460	10:4	wqo8			God sent frogs all over Egypt	1	This could be translated as: “God caused many frogs to appear throughout Egypt.”
461	10:4	obv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	hardened his heart	1	He became stubborn again and refused to obey God. Here hardened is a synecdoche that refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
462	10:5	rpko			God sent a plague	1	This could be translated as: “God caused there to be a plague” or “God caused a plague (of gnats) to come over the land of Egypt.”
463	10:5	yw1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	gnats	1	These were tiny, biting insects flying in large swarms, annoying and landing on all the people and animals of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
464	10:5	if0k			flies	1	These were much bigger flying insects that were both annoying and destructive. There were so many of these flies that they covered everything, even filling the Egyptians’ houses.
465	10:5	lcbs			hardened his heart	1	See note in 10:04.
466	10:6	q50z			farm animals	1	This refers to large animals that the Egyptians used to help them in their work, such as horses, donkeys, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats.
467	10:6	mjo5			heart was hardened	1	See note in 10:04.
468	10:7	le4m			God hardened Pharaoh’s heart	1	God caused Pharaoh to continue to be stubborn. See also note in 10:04.
469	10:8	q1h7			After that	1	This refers to after God caused the painful sores to appear on the Egyptians’ skin.
470	10:8	ll7d			God sent hail	1	God caused hail to fall from the sky.
471	10:8	yy9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	hail	1	Hail is like chunks of ice that fall down from the clouds as rain does. These chunks can be very small or very large. The larger ones will hurt or kill whatever they fall on. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
472	10:8	ytf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them, “I have sinned. You may go.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them that he had sinned, and said that they could go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
473	10:8	r4fz			You may go	1	The word You refers to Moses, Aaron, and the Israelites.
474	10:9	k8e9			hardened his heart	1	See note in 10:04.
475	10:10	ke2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	swarms of locusts	1	Locusts are grasshoppers that fly together in swarms, or large groups, and that can destroy large areas of all kinds of plants and food crops by eating them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
476	10:10	cmxs			the hail	1	Hail is like chunks of ice that fall down from the clouds as rain does.
477	10:11	yos9			God sent darkness	1	God caused darkness to cover or spread over most of Egypt. In other words, God took away the light from this part of Egypt.
478	10:11	ehrv			that lasted for three days	1	This darkness was darker than ordinary nighttime darkness, and it continued to be totally dark for three whole days.
479	10:12	o0id			these nine plagues	1	This means: ‘these nine disasters that God had caused.’
480	10:12	lbk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Since Pharaoh would not listen, God planned to send one last plague. This would change Pharaoh’s mind.	1	The connecting word Since connects the action (God sending one last plague), with the reason (Pharaoh refused to let the Israelites go free). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
481	10:12	r1b3			Since Pharaoh would not listen	1	This could be translated as: “Since Pharaoh would not do what God was telling him to do” or “Since Pharaoh refused to obey God.”
482	10:12	g2vs			This would change Pharaoh’s mind	1	Another way to say this would be: “This last plague would cause Pharaoh to change how he thought about God and, as a result, he would let the Israelites go free.”
483	10:12	f901			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
484	11:0	ix6e	title		The Passover	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the Passover festival” or “Why did God make the Passover festival?”
485	11:0	n2m1	title		Passover	1	The term Passover is the name of a Jewish festival when they celebrate that God passed over their houses and did not kill their firstborn sons when he killed the Egyptians.
486	11:1	j2xy			the firstborn males of Egypt’s people and animals	1	This could be translated as: “the eldest son in every Egyptian family and the first male offspring of any of their animals.”
487	11:2	el28			God provided	1	God is the only one who could provide the way to save the Israelites’ sons from death.
488	11:2	otx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him	1	This can be stated in active form: “for those who believed in him to save their firstborn son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489	11:2	f3fy			a perfect lamb	1	This could mean ‘a young sheep or goat that had no blemishes or defects.’
490	11:3	fvut			unleavened bread	1	Unleavened bread is bread that is prepared without yeast. Yeast is mixed into bread dough to make the dough expand and rise as it bakes. This could be translated as: “made without something that would make it rise.” Making bread with yeast takes longer than without it, so unleavened bread shows that this meal was urgent and the people needed to do it quickly.
491	11:3	apkz			be ready to leave Egypt immediately after they ate this meal	1	This means they needed to be prepared to leave before they started to eat.
492	11:4	fhjn			every firstborn son	1	This means every firstborn son of families who had not made the blood sacrifice, that is, the Egyptians. To make this clear you may want to add: “Every Egyptian firstborn son” (since all the Israelite families had put the blood on their doorposts).
493	11:5	tfk3			passed over	1	This means that God passed by those houses and did not stop to kill anyone there. This phrase became the name of the Jewish festival, ‘Passover.’
494	11:5	xmjk			They were saved	1	God did not kill their firstborn son.
495	11:5	jbu8			because of the lamb’s blood	1	This could be translated as: “because the lamb’s blood was on their door.” God saw that they had killed their lamb as he had commanded, so he did not kill their son.
496	11:6	i4w4			did not believe God or obey his commands	1	In some languages it may be more natural or clear to say: “did not believe God and so they did not obey his commands.”
497	11:6	vdfi			did not pass over	1	He did not pass by their houses. Rather, he stopped at each house and killed their eldest son.
498	11:7	njr2			from the firstborn of the prisoner in jail to the firstborn of Pharaoh	1	This is a way of saying that everyone’s firstborn son died–from the son of the least important person to the son of the most important person, and everyone in between.
499	11:8	o7al			called for	1	This means that Pharaoh told his servants to tell Moses and Aaron to come to him.
500	11:8	zj7z			and said	1	Pharaoh said the following words to Moses and Aaron after they came to him. In some languages this would be translated as: “and said to them,” or “After they came, Pharaoh said to them.”
501	11:8	rpwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	and said, “Take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “and told them to take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
502	11:8	wmkd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!	1	This is a command. It is stated as an exclamation because Pharaoh was finally afraid of God and urgently wanted the Israelites to leave Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
503	11:8	u61w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	Take	1	The motion is away from the speaker, Pharaoh. Moses is commanded to take the Israelites away from Pharoah and continue moving with them until they have left all of Egypt, the country where the speaker is located. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
504	11:8	neax			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
505	12:0	hn0o	title		The Exodus	1	This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites left Egypt” or “What happened when God took the Israelites out of Egypt?” or “What happened when the Israelites left Egypt?”
506	12:0	jffg	title		Exodus	1	The term Exodus means ‘leaving’ or ‘going out from.’
507	12:1	eh4v			They were no longer slaves	1	This could be translated as: “They were not slaves anymore.”
508	12:1	i7d1			were going	1	Some languages may use a more specific word like ‘traveling’ since they would be going a long distance to the Promised Land.
509	12:1	uisf			the Promised Land	1	This is the land that God had promised that he would give to Abraham’s descendants.
510	12:2	j908		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	A tall pillar of cloud	1	This could be translated as: “A tall cloud” or “A cloud shaped like a pillar.” This was not an actual pillar such as something that supports a building. In appearance it resembled a pillar, but it was made out of clouds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
511	12:2	sxmt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a tall pillar of fire	1	This was a column of fire that hung or floated in the air in front of the Israelites. This was not an actual pillar such as something that supports a building. It resembled a pillar in appearance, but it was made out of fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
512	12:2	wuie			guided them	1	God showed them the way by making the pillar move along in front of them so they could follow it.
513	12:3	mc38			After a short time	1	Probably at least two days had gone by. For that to be clear, it may be translated as: “After a few days” or “A few days after the Israelites left Egypt.”
514	12:3	qfys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	changed their minds	1	This phrase means ‘began to think differently than they had before.’ The Egyptians did not replace their minds, but made a decision that was not the same as the one they first made. They decided the Israelites should leave, but later decided that was the wrong choice and that they should have kept the Israelites as slaves. Some languages may not have this same expression, and will express the meaning in a direct way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
515	12:3	sctb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they	1	The connecting word So connects the result (the Egyptians chased after the Israelites), with the reason (the Egyptians wanted the Israelites to be their slaves again). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
516	12:4	byca			they were trapped between Pharaoh’s army and the Red Sea	1	Another way to say this would be: “there was nowhere they could go to escape since the Egyptians were behind them and the Red Sea was in front of them.”
517	12:4	mynw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why did we leave Egypt?	1	The Israelites were not asking for reasons. Because they were afraid, in this moment they were wishing they had not left Egypt (even though it had been very difficult for them there). This could be a statement: “We should not have left Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
518	12:4	vdux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	We are going to die!	1	This is a strong statement that expresses their certainty that the Egyptians would kill them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
519	12:5	kun4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Stop being afraid!	1	This is both a command and also an exclamation. Moses was telling the people in very strong terms that they were wrong to be afraid, rather than trusting God to protect them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
520	12:5	jsn3			God will fight for you today and save you	1	Another way to say this would be: “Today God will defeat the Egyptians for you and keep them from harming you.”
521	12:5	luus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	fight for you today and save you	1	Both occurrences of the pronoun you refers to all the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
522	12:5	ji7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then God told Moses, “Tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God told Moses to tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
523	12:5	zlak			to move	1	Some languages will be more specific and say: “to walk.”
524	12:6	pjsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then the pillar of cloud moved	1	The connecting word Then connects God’s instructions that the Israelites are to move forward with the pillar of cloud moving behind them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
525	12:6	vhdk			the pillar of cloud	1	See how you translated this phrase in 12:02.
526	12:7	lmn7			raise his hand over the sea	1	This could be translated as: “held out his hand over the sea.” This was a gesture to show that God was doing this miracle through Moses.
527	12:7	n6dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Then God caused	1	The connecting word Then connects Moses’ action of obedience in raising his hand over the sea with the result (God caused the wind to blow). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
528	12:7	ird5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so that	1	The connecting words so that connect the wind blowing with the effect (the path through the sea for the Israelites). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
529	12:8	yw11			marched	1	This can be translated as: “walked” or “went.”
530	12:8	xym7			with a wall of water on either side of them	1	This could be translated as: “and the water on both sides of them stood up tall and straight like a wall.”
531	12:10	gyv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they followed the Israelites	1	The connecting word So connects the result (the Egyptians followed the Israelites in to the sea), with the cause (God removed the cloud). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
532	12:10	zo9a			the path through the sea	1	This was the dry strip of land across the bottom of the sea, with a wall of water on each side.
533	12:10	o20u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but God	1	The connecting word but contrasts the movement of the Israelites God caused by opening the path, with the lack of movement of the Egyptians God caused with their panic and chariots becoming stuck. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
534	12:10	rafk			to panic	1	This could be translated as: “to get fearful and confused.”
535	12:10	pw6i			to get stuck	1	The chariots could no longer move.
536	12:10	ah2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Run away!	1	This is both a command and also an exclamation. The Egyptians were so afraid when they realized that they were in great danger. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
537	12:10	mvvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	God is fighting for the Israelites!	1	This exclamation emphasizes the fear of the Egyptians when they realized that God had led them into a trap in the sea, and they were going to drown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
538	12:11	j5l4			to stretch out his hand again	1	This could be translated as: “lift his hand over the sea again” or, as a direct command, as in, “God told Moses, ‘Stretch out your hand again.’”
539	12:11	n1a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then God	1	The connecting word Then connects the action (the Israelites arriving safely on the other side of the Sea) with God’s instructions to Moses to close the path through the sea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
540	12:11	hnpc			returned to its normal place	1	This could be translated as: “covered the place again where the path had been,” or “filled the whole sea again” or “went back to where it was before God separated it.”
541	12:11	px10			The whole Egyptian army	1	This could be translated as: “everyone in Egypt’s army.”
542	12:12	jab0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	When the Israelites saw	1	The connecting word When connects the cause (God’s destruction of the Egyptian army), with the effect (the Israelites trusted God). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
543	12:12	asgu			trusted in God	1	In other words, the people now trusted that God was powerful and could protect them.
544	12:13	zjt4			rejoiced very much	1	This could be translated as: “were very happy and they showed it enthusiastically” or “showed it with their whole hearts” or “with all their strength.”
545	12:13	bc1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because God had saved them	1	The connecting word because connects the result (the Israelites rejoiced), with the cause (God saved them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
546	12:13	ax91			free to worship	1	God freed, or rescued, the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt so that they could serve him.
547	12:13	rlci			to praise God	1	In some languages this could be translated as: “to lift up God’s name” or “to say that God is great.”
548	12:14	w3oh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	in order to	1	The connecting words in order to indicate the goal or purpose of the festival (to remind the Israelites and their descendants of how God had delivered them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
549	12:14	wihq			remember how God had defeated	1	This could be translated as: “regularly remind themselves of how God defeated.” The word remember here doesn’t just mean to not forget; it also means to formally commemorate something.
550	12:14	v3is			the Passover	1	This could be translated as: “the Passover activities” or “the Passover celebration” or “the Passover meal.”
551	12:14	m616			healthy lamb	1	This here refers to a lamb with no disease or anything else wrong with it. Another way to say this might be “a completely healthy and well-formed lamb.”
552	12:14	ki4x			with bread made without yeast	1	Another way to say this is: “unleavened bread.” See how you translated this in 11:03.
553	12:14	odlr			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
554	13:0	ert4	title		God’s Covenant with Israel	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God made a covenant with Israel” or “How did God make a covenant with Israel?”
555	13:1	iybc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea	1	This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
556	13:1	a8to		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	This was the same mountain where Moses had seen the burning bush	1	This is background information about the mountain to which the Israelites traveled. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
557	13:1	zfrq			burning bush	1	Before Moses returned to Egypt, God had spoken to him from a shrub that was on fire, but that was not burned up by the fire (See: 09:12).
558	13:1	jb92			set up their tents	1	The Israelites had to travel a great distance from Egypt to the Promised Land. So they took tents with them so that they could set them up as shelters and sleep in them along the way. Some languages could translate this as: “hung their tents.”
559	13:1	jmap			the base of the mountain	1	This could be translated as: “bottom of the mountain.” This refers to the area of land that is located next to the place where the ground starts to slant upward to form a mountain.
560	13:2	yrv5			You must always obey me and keep the covenant I am making with you.	1	This is a direct command from God to all of the Israelites.
561	13:2	hvue			keep the covenant I am making with you	1	This could be translated as: “do what my covenant requires you to do.” Obeying and keeping the covenant are not two different things. One way to make this clear would be to say: “obey me by keeping the covenant I am making with you.” God will soon tell them what his covenant requires.
562	13:2	b66u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you do this	1	The connecting word If introduces a conditional statement. The blessings are dependent on the Israelites obeying the commandments God had given. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
563	13:2	jsrq			my prized possession	1	This could be translated as: “You will be my possession that I value most” or “You will be the people that I treasure more than any other group of people” or “You will be my own precious people.”
564	13:2	xuqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a kingdom of priests	1	God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
565	13:2	ww03			a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation	1	This could be translated as: “I will be your king and you will be like priests.” The Israelites were supposed to teach the other nations about God and be a mediator between God and the nations just as there were priests in the nation of Israel to go between God and the Israelites.
566	13:3	obnj			For three days	1	In other words, three days after they arrived at Mount Sinai and God first spoke to them.
567	13:3	i4ug			made themselves ready for God to come near to them	1	This refers to ceremonial cleansing in preparation to meet with God. This could be translated as: “got ready to meet with God” or “prepared themselves to meet with God.”
568	13:3	xu03			sounds of loud trumpets	1	This could be translated as: “loud sounds came from horns” or “horns were blown and they made loud sounds” or “they heard the loud sounds of horns blowing.” These trumpets were not blown by men, but by God or by his angels.
569	13:3	rmpv			Moses went by himself	1	This could be translated as: “God permitted Moses to go up, but he did not permit anyone else to go.”
570	13:4	if2z			Then God made a covenant with the people. He said,	1	What God says next is the content of the covenant, that is, he tells the people the things that they must obey. This could be translated as: “Then God made this covenant with them:”
571	13:4	e4fh			Yahweh, your God	1	In some languages it might be more natural to change the order and say “your God Yahweh.” Make sure it does not sound like the Israelites had more than one God. It should be clear that Yahweh is the only God. Another way to translate this would be: “Yahweh, who is your God” or “your God, whose name is Yahweh.”
572	13:4	c0db			who saved you from being slaves	1	This could be translated as: “I freed you from slavery.”
573	13:4	dz33			Do not worship any other god.	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
574	13:5	mci2			Connecting Statement	1	God continues speaking to Moses.
575	13:5	ry1g			Do not make idols	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
576	13:5	zvma			do not worship them	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
577	13:5	np01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because	1	The connecting word because indicates the reason the Israelites were not to make idols or worship them (unlike other deities who did not care if people worshiped many other gods too, Yahweh was jealous of their worship). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
578	13:5	uf02			Do not use my name in a disrespectful way	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites. This could be translated as: “Do not talk about me in a way that does not show respect and honor” or “Talk about me in a way that gives me proper respect and honor.”
579	13:5	iuqs			Be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
580	13:5	ceo6			do all your work in six days	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
581	13:5	v9b3			the seventh day	1	To translate this, it is best to use the number (seventh) rather than give the name of a specific day of the week.
582	13:5	seuv			to remember me	1	This could be translated as: “to keep me in mind” or “to honor me.”
583	13:6	pp86			Connecting Statement	1	God continues speaking to Moses.
584	13:6	pv0z			Honor your father and your mother	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
585	13:6	c4m7			Do not murder	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
586	13:6	qmay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	Do not commit adultery	1	This is a command from God to all of the Israelites. This could be translated as: “Do not have sexual relations with someone else’s spouse” or “Do not have marital relations with another man’s wife or another woman’s husband.” Be sure to translate this in a way that doesn’t offend or embarrass people. Languages often have an indirect, polite way of saying this, such as: “Do not sleep with.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
587	13:6	eiz2			Do not lie	1	This means: ‘Do not say false things about other people.’
588	13:7	fpdl			had given them	1	This could be translated as: “had told them to obey.”
589	13:7	ejjt			to belong to God alone	1	From among all the nations, God had chosen the Israelites for his special purpose. This could be translated as: “to be his special nation” or “to be his own people” or “to be the nation he chose to be his people.”
590	13:8	wubz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	make a large tent	1	This is background information about the tent the Israelites were to make as a place to worship God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
591	13:8	vkes			the room behind the curtain	1	This room was hidden by the curtain. Some languages would call this room ‘the room in front of the curtain.’
592	13:8	coi6			where God was	1	If this phrase would lead people to think that God was limited to living in the tent, it could be translated as: “where God revealed Himself to humans.”
593	13:9	bptn			God’s law	1	This refers to all the commandments and instructions that God had told the Israelites to obey.
594	13:9	v4ah			would cover that person’s sin	1	When people brought animals to sacrifice, God chose to see the blood of the animals as a covering over their sin. This is like hiding something that is ugly or dirty by covering it.
595	13:9	vgns			clean in God’s sight	1	This could be translated as: “as if he did not have the sin according to God” or “free of the punishment for breaking God’s law.”
596	13:10	xsg2			these Ten Commandments	1	This refers to the commands God gave to Moses for the Israelites to obey. They are listed in frames 13:05 and 13:06.
597	13:10	a2xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	two stone tablets	1	A tablet was a flat piece of stone or other hard material used in ancient times for writing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
598	13:10	cou4			God also gave	1	This can be translated as: “God also told them.”
599	13:10	bf4z			to follow	1	This can be translated as: “that they must obey” or “that they must keep.”
600	13:10	uy7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	if they obeyed	1	The connecting word if indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. God’s blessing depends on the Israelites obeying the laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
601	13:10	mkjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But he said he would punish	1	The connecting word But contrasts how God would bless the Israelites if they obeyed him with how he would punish them if they did not obey him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
602	13:10	uwhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	if they did not obey	1	The connecting word if indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. God would punish the Israelites if they did not obey the laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
603	13:11	tert			the people became tired of waiting	1	This could be translated as: “the people became impatient because he did not return quickly” or “the people didn’t want to wait any longer for him to return.”
604	13:11	cgqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the people	1	This does not mean all the Israelite people, just the people who had grown tired of waiting for Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
605	13:11	bnm8			brought gold	1	These were objects and jewelry made of gold, which could be melted and formed into other things.
606	13:11	b9mq			they sinned terribly against God	1	They sinned in a way that was especially offensive to God. This could be translated as: “they sinned badly,” or “they did something that was very bad” or “they did something bad that made God very angry.”
607	13:12	dquq			made a golden idol	1	Aaron took the things made of gold that the people had brought to him, melted them, combined them, and formed them into the shape of a calf.
608	13:12	py5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	The people began to wildly worship the idol and make sacrifices to it!	1	This is a strong statement that expresses how shocking it was that the people would worship this idol when they had seen what God had done for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
609	13:12	thxj			to wildly worship	1	The people were sinning by worshiping the idol and also by doing sinful things as they worshiped it.
610	13:12	yd5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because	1	God had just told the Israelites that they were only to worship him because he was a jealous God, and if they did not obey they would be punished. For these reasons, God was very angry with the Israelites because of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
611	13:12	gfqn			listened to his prayer	1	God always hears prayer. In this situation, listened means that God agreed to do what Moses asked.
612	13:13	lj11			smashed the tablets	1	He threw the stone tablets down on the ground and they broke up into little pieces.
613	13:14	jlsz			burned the idol and ground it into powder	1	Moses utterly destroyed the idol by pounding it into fine particles.
614	13:14	r3hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a plague	1	This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
615	13:15	h67o			Moses made	1	Moses carved the stone tablets with tools such as a hammer and chisel.
616	13:15	h917			listened to	1	See how you translated this phrase in 13:12.
617	13:15	zjne			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
618	14:0	qn7a	title		Wandering in the Wilderness	1	This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites went about in the wilderness” or “What happened when the Israelites wandered in the wilderness?”
619	14:0	tnyi	title		Wilderness	1	This refers to a dry, remote place where very few people live.
620	14:1	p1zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	General Information	1	This frame is background information that summarizes the previous two stories in preparation for a shift in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
621	14:1	xl25			the pillar of cloud	1	See how you translated this phrase in 12:02.
622	14:2	y1f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	God had promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob that he would give the Promised Land to their descendants	1	This is background information that summarizes the stories of Genesis in preparation for a shift in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
623	14:2	a0zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Canaanites	1	This frame explains who the Canaanites were and God’s relationship with them in preparation for the introduction of a new major character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
624	14:3	hg62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	you must get rid of all the Canaanites there	1	This is a polite way to say that they were to kill or drive out all the Canaanites out of the Promised Land. This could be translated as: “must get all the Canaanites out of the land” or “must remove from the land all of the Canaanites who are living there.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
625	14:3	u6l3			Do not make peace with them	1	This could be translated as: “Do not live peacefully among or alongside them” or “Do not promise to live peacefully with them.”
626	14:3	ywyg			do not marry them	1	God did not want any Israelite person to marry any Canaanite person.
627	14:3	q5mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you do not obey me	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If the Israelites do not obey God by driving out the Canaanites, in time they will also disobey God by worshiping the idols of the Canaanites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
628	14:3	j0yn			you will end up worshiping their idols	1	If the Israelites became friends with the Canaanites and did not destroy the idols, they would be tempted to worship those idols instead of God.
629	14:4	gkuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	border	1	a line separating two countries, a boundary (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
630	14:4	uojz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	tribe of Israel	1	This refers to the descendants of each of the sons of Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
631	14:4	ak5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	go and spy	1	The Israelites were to go from where they were camped to the land of Canaan and spy in the land of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
632	14:4	bss2			spy on the land	1	This could be translated as: “secretly get information about the land” or “secretly learn about the land.” Part of the spies’ task was to find out what kinds of food the land could produce.
633	14:4	ixeg			to spy on the Canaanites	1	This could be translated as: “secretly get information about the people of Canaan” or “secretly learn about the Canaanites.”
634	14:4	fgv8			to see if they were strong or weak	1	They wanted to know if the Canaanites were prepared to fight against them. This could be translated as: “to find out how powerful the Canaanite armies were.”
635	14:5	ua3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	they came back	1	They returned to where the rest of the Israelites were waiting, just outside the border of Canaan. This can be clearly stated: “they returned to the camp of the Israelites.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636	14:5	xvj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	They told the people, “The land is very fertile and the crops are plentiful!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “They told the people that the land was very fertile and the crops were plentiful!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
637	14:5	umby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	The land is very fertile and the crops are plentiful!	1	This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the land was extremely good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
638	14:5	k32y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	The cities are very strong and the people are giants!	1	This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the inhabitants of the land were extremely large and powerful soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
639	14:5	tv15			The cities are very strong	1	The cities had strong walls around them, so it would be very difficult for the Israelites to attack them.
640	14:5	rlup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	the people are giants	1	This was not simply referring to unusually tall people, but a particular race of people that were far larger than even the tallest normal people. This could be translated as: “the people are like giants compared to us!” or “the people are much taller and stronger than we are!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
641	14:5	ru0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	If we attack them, they will certainly defeat us and kill us!	1	This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the Israelites were certain the Canaanites would defeat them in battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
642	14:6	ib6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us!	1	This is a strong statement that even though the people of Canaan were large, God was even bigger and would enable the Israelites to defeat them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
643	14:6	orc1			the people of Canaan	1	This could be translated as: “the people who live in Canaan” or “the Canaanites.”
644	14:6	yxhb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	but we can certainly	1	The connecting word but indicates that there was an exceptional reason why the Canaanites would be defeated rather than the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
645	14:6	q0sn			we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us!	1	To show the connection between these two statements, it may be necessary to say: “we can certainly defeat them because God will fight for us!”
646	14:6	w45r			God will fight for us!	1	This could be translated as: “God will fight alongside us and help us defeat them!” This makes it clear that the Israelites would also be fighting against the Canaanites.
647	14:7	wm82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But the people did not listen	1	The connecting word But indicates that in contrast to Joshua and Caleb’s reasoning, the people refused to listen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
648	14:7	qt7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why did you bring us to this horrible place?	1	The people were not expecting an answer from Moses or from God. Alternate translation: “You should not have brought us to this horrible place.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
649	14:7	avmp			this horrible place	1	They considered Canaan to be horrible because they thought it was so dangerous that they would all be killed.
650	14:8	jrj6			He came to	1	God did not appear as a person, but came in some other form that showed his glory and power.
651	14:8	cb9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so all of you	1	The connecting word so connects the action or reason with the consequence. The people rebelled against God, and for this reason or as a result, they would have to wander in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
652	14:8	ky89			to wander in the wilderness	1	God would lead the people around in the wilderness with no specific destination until all of the adults who rebelled against him died.
653	14:9	g79h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	When the people heard God say this	1	The connecting word When connects the action or reason with the result. As a result of hearing God’s judgment, the people became sorry they had sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
654	14:9	g1i6			they had sinned	1	It may be necessary to add: “they had sinned by disobeying God’s command to conquer the peoples of Canaan.”
655	14:9	h6lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they decided	1	The connecting word So connects the action or reason with the result. As a result of being sorry they had sinned, the people of Israel attacked the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
656	14:9	axz0			Moses warned them not to go	1	This means that Moses told them not to go to fight against the Canaanites because they would be in danger if they did that.
657	14:9	bagl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because God would not go with them	1	The connecting word because connects the action (Moses warning them) with the reason (God not going with them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
658	14:9	hwo6			God would not go with them	1	In other words, God would not be with them to help them. Because of the Israelites’ disobedience, God withdrew from them his presence, protection, and power.
659	14:9	zzmc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	but they did not listen to him	1	They did not obey Moses. They went to attack the Canaanites anyway. The connecting word but indicates an exception relationship. The Israelites decided to attack the Canaanites even though Moses had warned them not to do that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
660	14:10	npq8			God did not go with them into this battle	1	In other words, God did not help them in this fight.
661	14:10	g445		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so the Canaanites defeated them and killed many of them	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (God did not go with them into this battle), with two results (the Canaanites defeated them, and the Canaanites killed many of them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
662	14:10	a870			turned back from Canaan	1	They left Canaan and went back into the wilderness where they were before.
663	14:10	qy9q			wander through the wilderness	1	They lived in the wilderness, and together they moved from place to place in that large, dry land, looking for food and water for themselves and their animals.
664	14:11	lbt2			God provided for them	1	This could be translated as: “God gave them everything they needed for food, water, and shelter.”
665	14:11	dlk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	bread from heaven, called manna	1	Overnight, this thin, bread-like food fell onto the grass like dew from the sky. They called it manna. Almost every day the people gathered this manna and cooked it as their food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
666	14:11	ovbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	He also sent flocks of quail (which are medium-sized birds)	1	Another way to say this would be: “He also caused a large number of quails to fly into their camp.” If quails are unknown, a different, similar type bird could be used. Or it could be translated as: “a large number of medium-sized birds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
667	14:11	b61h			their camp	1	The place where the Israelites set up their tents to sleep in was called a camp. It was like a city with tents instead of buildings, and it could be moved around.
668	14:12	b0d5			To provide them with water to drink, God miraculously made it come out of a rock.	1	This could be translated as: “By doing something that only God can do, he made water pour out of a rock so the people and animals could drink.”
669	14:12	zquf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But despite all this	1	This could be translated as: “But even though God provided food, water, clothing, and everything that they needed.” The connecting word But contrasts God’s many gifts that have been listed with Israel’s complaining against God and his servant Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
670	14:12	d5eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Even so	1	This could be translated as: “Even though the Israelites complained and grumbled against him.” The connecting words Even so contrast Israel’s complaining with God’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
671	14:12	b2e4			God was still faithful. He did what he promised that he would do for the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob	1	This could be translated as: “God continued to do what he had told Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob he would do. He provided their descendants with what they needed so that they could live and become a great nation and eventually own the land of Canaan.”
672	14:13	ydhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Another time when the people did not have any water	1	From the previous story, it transitions to another story about when the people did not have water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
673	14:13	qb4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God told Moses, “Speak to the rock, and water will come out of it.”	1	This is an imperative and a direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Moses to speak to the rock, and water will come out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
674	14:13	afhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	Instead	1	The connecting word Instead emphasizes the exceptional relationship. Moses disobeyed by hitting the rock even through God himself commanded him to speak to it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
675	14:13	jg91			he dishonored God	1	This could be translated as: “Moses disobeyed God” or “Moses disrespected God.” God had a specific way He wanted Moses to show the people God’s power to provide for them. When Moses disobeyed God by doing it in a different way, he showed a lack of respect for God.
676	14:13	a9rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Because you did this	1	The connecting words Because you did this connect the reason (Moses’ disobedience) with the result (God not allowing him to enter the Promise Land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
677	14:14	vkxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After the Israelites had wandered in the wilderness for 40 years	1	This begins a new event. It transitions from the time of wandering, God’s judgment on Israel, to what lies ahead for their descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
678	14:14	etuc			who had rebelled against God	1	This could be translated as: “who had refused to obey God when he told them to go into the Promised Land.”
679	14:14	mpsn			the people	1	The people refers to the children of the generation that died.
680	14:14	tvs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so God chose	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (Moses’ old age) with the result (God choosing someone else to lead Israel). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
681	14:14	ijha			one day	1	This means: ‘some time in the future.’
682	14:14	pk61			another prophet like Moses	1	Like Moses, this man would be an Israelite, he would speak God’s words to the people, and he would lead the people.
683	14:15	jb6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	but God did not permit him to enter	1	The connecting word but introduces the fact that Moses was able to see the Promised Land even though God did not allow him to enter it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
684	14:15	tuac			mourned for 30 days	1	For 30 days all the people of Israel cried and showed that they were very sad that Moses had died.
685	14:15	cgae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because he trusted and obeyed God.	1	The connecting word because connects Joshua’s trust in and obedience to God with the result (he was a good leader). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
686	14:15	w0ir			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
687	15:0	rrve	title		The Promised Land	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God gave the Promised Land to the Israelites” or “How did God give the Promised Land to the Israelites?”
688	15:0	d2ww	title		Promised Land	1	This refers to the land of Canaan that God promised to give to Abraham and his descendants.
689	15:1	rsb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	At last it was time for the Israelites to enter Canaan	1	This begins a new event. The Israelites were about to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
690	15:1	l3q2			At last it was time for	1	‘At last’ means ‘finally’ or ‘after a long wait.’ To make it clear what time refers to, you could say: “after they had wandered in the desert for 40 years, God finally permitted…”
691	15:1	dpsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	In that land was a city called Jericho. It had strong walls around it to protect it. Joshua sent two spies to that city. In that city lived a prostitute named Rahab.	1	This is background information about the city of Jericho which Israel would attack, and Rahab who would help them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
692	15:1	tkhg			two spies to that city	1	This could be translated as: “two men to that city to find out information about it.” Also see the notes for “spy out the land” in 14:04.
693	15:1	o0x3			had strong walls around it to protect it	1	This could be translated as: “was completely surrounded by thick, strong walls made of stone to protect the city from enemies.”
694	15:1	ypm2			to escape	1	It is also possible to add: “escape from people in Jericho who wanted to harm them.”
695	15:1	sq6y			her family	1	Rahab asked for protection for her father, mother, brothers, and sisters. Use your word for family that includes these people.
696	15:2	pwi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God told Joshua, “Have the priests go first.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Joshua to have the priests go first.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
697	15:2	h3k7			Have the priests go first	1	For some languages, it may be helpful to add: “Have the priests go before the rest of the people to cross the river.”
698	15:2	tydx			the water upstream stopped flowing	1	In some languages, it may be helpful to add: “and the water in front of them flowed away downstream.”
699	15:2	lhmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	upstream	1	This word refers to the direction from which the Jordan River water flows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
700	15:2	iefh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	cross over	1	This means to pass from one side to another (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
701	15:3	ye4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After the people crossed the Jordan River	1	The connecting word After introduces sequential action. The Israelites obeyed God by passing from one side of the Jordan to the other. Once that was completed, God gave another task for them to do. In some languages, it is better to say: “The people crossed the Jordan River and then…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
702	15:3	h945		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	even though it was very strong	1	The connecting words even though represent a factual condition. The city of Jericho was indeed very strong, so attacking of the city would seem to be an unwise choice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
703	15:3	pffa			once a day for six days	1	That is, they went around the city one time every day for a total of six days.
704	15:3	oxy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So the priests and the soldiers did this	1	The connecting word So connects the result (the priests and soldiers marching), with the reason (God’s command). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
705	15:4	d7d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then the priests must blow their trumpets	1	The connecting word Then introduces sequential action. The priests were to blow their trumpets after the Israelites had finished marching around the city seven times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
706	15:4	n5k7			must blow their trumpets	1	This could be translated as: “must sound their trumpets” or “must play their trumpets.” These trumpets were made out of ram’s horns.
707	15:5	atto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Then the walls around Jericho fell down!	1	This is a strong statement. It emphasizes how surprising it was that the strong walls fell down when the Israelites blew the trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
708	15:5	jbyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Then the walls around Jericho fell down	1	The implication is that God caused the walls to fall. The walls were thick enough to drive chariots upon. People lived inside them. These were not flimsy walls. In order for them to fall, an act of God would have to happen. This could be stated in active form: “Then God caused the walls of Jericho to fall down!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709	15:5	khie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then the walls	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. The Israelites followed all of God’s commands, and then this event happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
710	15:5	prkg			who became part of the Israelites	1	This can be translated as: “who then joined the Israelite community” or “who then became members of the nation of Israel.”
711	15:6	fgcp			a peace treaty	1	This is an agreement between two groups of people that they will not harm each other but will live in peace and help each other. This could be translated as: “peace agreement.”
712	15:6	rixn			But one of the Canaanite people groups, called the Gibeonites	1	Some languages may introduce this as: “But one day a Canaanite people group by the name of the Gibeonites…”
713	15:6	hw80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But one of the Canaanite people groups	1	The connecting word But contrasts God’s command that the Israelites not make any treaties with the people of Canaan with the reason Joshua made an agreement with Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
714	15:6	cd4o			lied to Joshua and said	1	This could be translated as: “They lied to Joshua by saying” or “They falsely said to Joshua” or “They falsely told Joshua.”
715	15:6	bmdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Instead	1	The connecting word Instead contrasts what Joshua should have done (ask God what they should do), with what he did do (out of ignorance make the treaty God had forbidden). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
716	15:7	dz7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	found out	1	This verbal phrase means ‘discovered.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
717	15:7	trka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But they kept the peace treaty	1	The connecting word But contrasts the Gibeonites’ deception of the Israelites with the Israelites keeping their promise to the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
718	15:7	hkqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Then, some time later	1	This begins a new event. This event happened after the treaty was made but is indirectly a result of it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
719	15:7	a29e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so they combined their armies	1	The connecting word so connects the result (the Amorites attacking Gibeon), with the reason (Gibeon’s treaty with Israel). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
720	15:7	l9u4			sent a message to Joshua asking for help	1	This could be translated as: “sent some of their people to tell Joshua that they needed the Israelites to help defend them against their enemies.”
721	15:8	s4vz			to reach the Gibeonites	1	This could mean ‘to get to the Gibeonites’ or ‘to arrive at where the Gibeonites lived.’ The Gibeonites lived in Canaan, but Canaan is big enough that it took all night for the Israelite army to travel from their camp to where the Gibeonites were.
722	15:8	iddb			they surprised the Amorite armies	1	The Amorites did not know that the Israelites were coming to attack them.
723	15:9	bu7c			God fought for Israel	1	God fought on the side of Israel against Israel’s enemies.
724	15:9	wkxc			caused the Amorites to be confused	1	This could be translated as: “made the Amorites panic” or “caused the Amorites to be unable to fight together well.”
725	15:9	ebuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	large hailstones	1	This could be translated as: “very large balls of ice to come down from the sky.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
726	15:11	jq6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After God defeated those armies	1	The connecting word After introduces sequential action. God defeated one large army made up of many smaller armies. Then another large army, also made up of many smaller armies, came against Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
727	15:11	sq00			attacked and destroyed them	1	This could be translated as: “fought against them and defeated them.”
728	15:12	yo6s			God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land	1	This could be translated as: “God appointed each tribe its own plot of land” or “God decided which part of the Promised Land each tribe of Israel would live on.”
729	15:12	yi9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then God gave Israel peace	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. The fighting of the battles and the dividing of the Promised Land were completed, and then God gave Israel peace along its borders. OR Fighting the battles and dividing the Promised Land were completed. Then God gave Israel peace along its borders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
730	15:12	cijq			gave Israel peace along all its borders	1	This could be translated as: “God allowed the Israelites to experience peace with the other people groups that surrounded them” or “God allowed the Israelites to experience peace with the other countries around Israel.”
731	15:13	f0zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	When Joshua was an old man	1	This begins a new event. The story transitions from Joshua’s leadership of Israel to what is to happen to them next. It may be clearer to say: “Many years later, when Joshua was an old man.” Joshua was over 100 years old at this time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
732	15:13	dmqs			to be faithful to God	1	In other words, they would be loyal to God. They would worship and serve only God; they would not worship or serve any other gods.
733	15:13	ykg4			obey his laws	1	This means that the people would obey the laws that God had already given them as part of the covenant.
734	15:13	equq			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
735	16:0	ggh6	title		The Deliverers	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God rescued the Israelites from their enemies” or “Why did God need to rescue the Israelites from their enemies?”
736	16:0	yyuj	title		Deliverers	1	This refers to the judges, or warriors, who God send to help the Israelites defeat their enemies and deliver them from their troubles.
737	16:1	k8aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After Joshua died	1	This begins a new event. In the previous story, Joshua reminded the Israelites of their promise to obey God. This story transitions to what the Israelites actually did after Joshua died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
738	16:1	r27w			and they did not drive out	1	This tells how they disobeyed God, so in some languages it may be better to start this as a new sentence: “They did not…”
739	16:1	viss			drive out the rest of the Canaanites from the Promised Land	1	This can be translated as: “fight with the rest of the Canaanites to force them to leave the Promised Land.”
740	16:1	h458			the true God	1	This could mean ‘the only real God.’ Yahweh is the only one that people should worship.
741	16:1	mog2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so everyone did what they thought	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (Israel had no king), with the result (everyone did what they thought was right rather than what God said). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
742	16:1	i8xl			what they thought was right for themselves	1	This means that they all did whatever they wanted to do, including many evil things.
743	16:2	c7s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Then after Israel’s enemies oppressed them	1	The connecting word Then connects the reason (Israel’s enemies would oppress them), with the result (Israel would repent and ask God to rescue them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
744	16:2	m5fy			ask God to rescue them	1	That is, they asked God to help them and to set them free from their enemies.
745	16:3	upu1			by providing	1	This could be translated as: “by choosing” or “by appointing.”
746	16:3	yglp			there would be peace	1	This could be translated as: “the people could live without fear” or “ their enemies stopped attacking them.”
747	16:3	kyxs			the land	1	That refers to Canaan, the Promised Land that God had given to Abraham.
748	16:4	wx59			crops	1	This refers to edible plants that the Israelites were growing in their gardens or fields.
749	16:4	uxgm			were so scared, they hid	1	This could be translated as: “were very afraid of the Midianites, so they hid.”
750	16:4	tc78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Finally	1	This begins a new event. Signals a shift from the Midianites’ oppression and Israel’s suffering to Israel’s repentance and God’s deliverance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
751	16:4	xfwg			they cried out	1	This might be translated as: “they called out” or “they prayed desperately.”
752	16:4	dxje			to save them	1	This might be translated as: “to set them free” or “to rescue them from these enemies.”
753	16:5	tpnd			One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
754	16:5	bkp7			threshing grain	1	The grain was wheat, which has a head of many small grains, or seeds, on the top of a thin stalk. Threshing is separating the seeds of the plant from the stalks by beating the heads of grain. The seeds are food, but the stalks are not.
755	16:5	f45s			God is with you	1	This means: ‘God is present with you in a special way’ or ‘God has plans to use you in a special way.’
756	16:6	dlsa			to tear down	1	This means: ‘to violently bring down’ or ‘to take down and destroy.’
757	16:6	qka1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Gideon was afraid of the people	1	The connecting word But contrasts God’s command (tear down the altar), with the reason for Gideon’s delayed obedience (he was afraid). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
758	16:6	sf5w			afraid of the people	1	Gideon was afraid that his fellow Israelites who worshiped the same idol would be angry with him.
759	16:6	d3fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he waited until nighttime	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (Gideon was afraid of the people), with the result (he waited until nighttime to obey). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
760	16:6	g6ug			waited until nighttime	1	Another way to say this would be: “waited until after dark.” Gideon smashed the altar at night, when everyone was asleep so that no one would see him do it.
761	16:7	fvu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Gideon’s father said, “Why are you trying to help your god? If he is a god, let him protect himself!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Gideon’s father asked why they were trying to help their god. If he is a god, he should be able to protect himself!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
762	16:7	jtcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why are you trying to help your god?	1	This is not a real question that asks for information. Another way of saying this would be: “You should not be trying to help your god” or “You should not need to help your god.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
763	16:7	gewf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	If he is a god, let him protect himself	1	This is a strong statement that if the idol were truly a god, he would be able to protect himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
764	16:7	kxuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Because he said this	1	The connecting word Because connects the reason (Gideon’s father’s defense), with the result (the people did not kill Gideon). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
765	16:8	va8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then the Midianites came again	1	The connecting word Then indicates sequential action. God called Gideon, and then the Midianites returned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
766	16:8	bx5d			came again to steal from the Israelites	1	This could be translated as: “came again to the Israelites’ land to steal things from them.”
767	16:8	x8zj			they could not be counted	1	This could be translated as: “The number of the Midianites was too great to count” or “it would be very difficult to count all of the Midianites.”
768	16:8	fzx1			for two signs	1	This could be translated as: “to do two miracles” or “to make two impossible things happen.”
769	16:8	ihv3			to save Israel	1	This could be translated as: “to rescue Israel from the Midianites.”
770	16:9	vp3y			sign	1	This could be translated as: “miracle” or “impossible thing.”
771	16:9	a4bm			sheepskin	1	This is the skin of a sheep that has all of the wool on it. Wool is a very thick and curly hair that would hold a lot of water. Translate this so that it is clear that this skin is covered with thick, soft hair.
772	16:9	ftah			let the morning dew fall	1	This can be translated as: “make the morning dew appear” or “make the morning dew come up.” Dew refers to the drops of water that that form on cool surfaces at night. Dew naturally covers everything equally.
773	16:9	e74l			God did that	1	This could be translated as: “God did what Gideon asked him to do.”
774	16:9	b1kr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Because of these two signs	1	The connecting word Because connects the reason (the two signs), with the result (Gideon believed God wanted to deliver Israel through him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
775	16:10	h1hw			Then Gideon called for soldiers to come to him, and 32,000 men came.	1	Some languages might need to say why he called the soldiers: “When Gideon called the Israelites to come fight against the Midianites, 32,000 soldiers came to him” (See: 16:08).
776	16:10	jvez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	32,000	1	This could also be written in words: “thirty-two thousand men.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
777	16:10	di49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God told him	1	The connecting word But contrasts the number of men who came to fight compared with God’s view of the number he wanted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
778	16:10	t3qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	22,000	1	This could also be written in words: “twenty-two thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
779	16:10	qa90			too many men	1	This was more soldiers than God wanted for this fight. If that many solders fought and won, they would think that they won the battle with their own strength, and they would not know that God did it.
780	16:10	i7xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So Gideon sent home 22,000 men	1	The connecting word So connects the reason (God told Gideon there were too many men), with the result (Gideon sent home 22,000 men). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
781	16:10	do6b			except for 300 soldiers	1	This sentence could be translated as: “So Gideon allowed only 300 men to stay, and the rest of the men went home.”
782	16:10	r96l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	300	1	This could also be written in words: “three hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
783	16:11	r6d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God told Gideon, “Go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. When you hear what they say, you will no longer be afraid to attack them.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Gideon to go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. When he would hear what they would say, he would no longer be afraid to attack them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
784	16:11	vp2n			Go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk.	1	God gives Gideon a command that includes instruction on what he is to do.
785	16:11	uuvt			Go down	1	The Midianite soldiers were camping out in a valley and were at a lower elevation than the Israelite soldiers.
786	16:11	j8gr			you will no longer be afraid	1	This could mean ‘you will stop being afraid.’
787	16:11	txuw			something he had dreamed	1	This could mean ‘something he had seen in a dream’ or ‘a dream he had had.’
788	16:11	gkx0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	This dream means that Gideon’s army will defeat us, the Midianite army!	1	This is a strong statement by the enemy soldier that Gideon would defeat them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
789	16:11	trtl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	When Gideon heard this	1	The connecting word When connects the action or reason with the result. Gideon worshiped God as a result of hearing the interpretation of the soldier’s dream. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
790	16:12	nvmr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then Gideon returned to his soldiers	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause that connects Gideon hearing the dream and worshiping God with him rallying the 300 Israelites to fight the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
791	16:12	f5go			horn	1	This could be translated as: “trumpet” or “ram’s horn trumpet.” These horns came from rams, or male sheep, and were often used to call men for battle.
792	16:12	fy8n			a burning torch	1	This was probably a piece of wood wrapped with cloth and soaked in oil so that it could burn well. (This was not the modern torch that runs on batteries.)
793	16:12	qxyc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so the Midianites could not see	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (the torches were in the pots), with the result (the Midianites could not see the light of the torches). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
794	16:13	yt64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then, all of Gideon’s soldiers broke their pots	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. Gideon’s men surrounding the Midianite camp, and then they broke their pots at the same moment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
795	16:13	cp1b			shouted	1	This could be translated as: “yelled loudly” or “said with a very loud voice.”
796	16:13	w5fd			A sword	1	A sword is a weapon that has a long sharp blade and a handle at one end. People hold the handle and hit or stab the enemy with the sharp blade. If your people don’t have a weapon just like this, you could translate it as: “A long knife” or “A machete” or “A bush knife.”
797	16:13	qluc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	sword	1	Here sword is a metonym that refers to their fighting. Alternate translation: “We fight for Yahweh and for Gideon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
798	16:13	cbiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	A sword for Yahweh and for Gideon!	1	This is a strong statement that Gideon was depending on Yahweh, and not the sword, for his victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
799	16:14	i7z9			God confused the Midianites	1	God caused the Midianites to be confused. They wanted to attack the Israelites, but instead, they attacked each other.
800	16:14	ems9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so that they started attacking and killing each other	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (God confused the Midianites), with the result (they started attacking and killing each other). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
801	16:14	qxj4			many other Israelites	1	This could be translated as: “many other Israelite men.” This refers to the soldiers previously sent home in 16:10.
802	16:14	z6z9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	120,000	1	This could also be written in words: “one hundred and twenty thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
803	16:15	c9sb			did not allow them to do this	1	Gideon knew that it was better for the Israelites to have God as their king.
804	16:15	nafs			but he asked them	1	This phrase starts with but because what he did next was not wise.
805	16:16	d2vw			Gideon used the gold to make a special garment	1	This could be translated as: “Gideon melted down the gold objects the people had given him and formed a special garment out of that gold.”
806	16:16	u2pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But the people started worshiping it	1	The connecting word But contrasts God’s deliverance of Israel from the Midianites with them worshiping the gold garment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
807	16:16	aze6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So God punished Israel again	1	The connecting word So connects the reason (Israel started worshiping the garment as an idol), with the result (God punished them again). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
808	16:18	oqhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Finally	1	The connecting word Finally indicates a shift from the time of deliverers sent by God to the time when Israel asked God for a king. This could be translated as: “After their enemies attacked them many times” or “After many years of being attacked by many different nations…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
809	16:18	hfec			asked God for a king	1	This could be translated as: “demanded that God give them a king” or “kept asking God for a king.”
810	16:18	w0qh			like all the other nations had	1	Other nations had a king. Israel wanted to be like them and have a king too.
811	16:18	bhyq			God did not like this request	1	This could be translated as: “God did not agree with what they had asked him for.” God knew that they were rejecting him as their ruler and were choosing to follow a human leader instead.
812	16:18	xttq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but he gave them a king	1	The connecting word But contrasts God not liking the request with him giving Israel a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
813	16:18	vzin			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
814	17:0	my4m	title		God’s Covenant with David	1	This title can also be translated as: “About when God made a covenant with David” or “What covenant did God make with David?”
815	17:1	kfa1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Saul was the first king of Israel	1	This introduces Saul as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
816	17:1	jy9t			the first king of Israel	1	This could be translated as: the “first king to rule over Israel.”
817	17:1	ar7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	He was tall and handsome, just like the people wanted	1	This is background information about Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
818	17:1	ge7c			one day	1	This could be translated as: “some time in the future” or “years later.”
819	17:1	po51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	be king in his place	1	This is an idiom that means ‘replace him as king.’ Other ways to say this are: “take his place as king over Israel” or “rule as king instead of him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
820	17:2	vuu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	God chose a young Israelite named David	1	This introduces David as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
821	17:2	nfs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem.	1	This is background information about David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
822	17:2	p7gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	father’s sheep	1	This refers to ownership. The sheep belonged to the father of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
823	17:2	v9j3			watching	1	This could mean ‘caring for’ or ‘protecting’ or ‘taking care of.’
824	17:3	memd			a giant named Goliath	1	The word giant here describes a person who is unusually tall and powerful. Goliath was a huge soldier in an army that was fighting against Israel.
825	17:3	p21v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	about three meters tall!	1	This is a strong statement that Goliath was extremely tall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
826	17:3	cwpo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After that	1	The connecting words After that indicate the sequence of events. The first enemy of Israel that David defeated was Goliath, but after defeating Goliath, David went on to defeat many other enemies of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
827	17:4	fy1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Finally	1	The people praised David very much so King Saul became jealous. Now the story transitions to Saul not only feeling jealous but acting on that jealousy. Finally connects the reason for Saul’s jealousy (the people loved David) with the result of Saul’s jealousy (Saul wanted to kill David). (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
828	17:4	y6fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	The story transitions from explaining the general story (of Saul wanting to kill David) to a specific story (about Saul trying to kill David). This event happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
829	17:4	n6of		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	In this way	1	The connecting words In this way connect the reason (Saul saw that David had a piece of his clothing) with the result (Saul knew David would not kill him and try to become king). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
830	17:4	ckny			to become king	1	David would not dishonor God by killing the man that God placed as king over Israel.
831	17:5	vuzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Some time later	1	The story transitions from Saul being king to David becoming king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
832	17:5	ex76			made him successful	1	This could mean ‘helped him accomplish the good things he wanted to do.’
833	17:5	fs4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	and God helped him defeat	1	The connecting word and is acting as more than a simple conjunction. It indicates that God’s blessing on David included his military efforts. David won many battles not because he was a great soldier, though he was, but because God helped him defeat Israel’s enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
834	17:5	hl0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	his capital city	1	This could mean ‘the capital city of his kingdom.’ David lived in Jerusalem and ruled from there. The entire city does not belong to David, but because David is the supreme government leader and because David captured Jerusalem and made it the capital, it is often described as his. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
835	17:5	rqas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	capital city	1	It was the center of government for the country of Israel and it had the primary status above all the other cities in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
836	17:6	o77k			to build a temple	1	David wanted to construct a permanent building for worshiping God that would replace the portable Tent of Meeting.
837	17:6	fltw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	400	1	This could also be written in words: “four hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
838	17:7	cubl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But there was a prophet named Nathan	1	The connecting word But contrasts David’s desire to build a temple for God with God sending a prophet to David with a message. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
839	17:7	hz7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so you will not build	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (David had fought in many wars), with the result (God did not want David to be the one to build a temple). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
840	17:7	x9ox			this Temple	1	This could mean ‘this building for worship’ or ‘this place of worship.’
841	17:7	snvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But still	1	The connecting words But still contrast God saying David could not build a temple with God’s promise to bless David. If God had not said this, David might have thought God was angry with him for some reason or he had done something wrong and that was why God would not allow him to do this act of worship. This contrast relationship shows that there was nothing wrong between David and God. God showed His love for David through His promise to David that the Messiah would be his descendant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
842	17:7	bqch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	One of your descendants will rule as king over my people forever!	1	This is a surprising statement because people do not live forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
843	17:7	laqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	God’s Chosen One	1	This could be represented by a verbal phrase: “the One God chose.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
844	17:7	w753			from their sin	1	This could mean ‘from the terrible consequences of their sin.’
845	17:8	tgo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	When David heard Nathan’s message	1	The connecting word When connects the reason (Nathan’s message), with the result (David thanked and praised God). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
846	17:8	pixs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Nathan’s message	1	This could also be translated “the message Nathan gave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
847	17:8	gq65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	Of course	1	The connecting words Of course indicate that David did not know when God would do these things, since God did not tell him when they would happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
848	17:8	vruw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	1,000	1	This could also be written in words: “one thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
849	17:9	rpxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	However, in his later years	1	The connecting word However contrasts David obeying God for many years with David sinning against God in his later years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
850	17:9	vdmz			in his later years	1	This may be translated as: “when David was older” or “later on in David’s life.”
851	17:9	slnf			sinned greatly	1	This could mean ‘sinned in a very evil way.’ David’s sin was especially evil.
852	17:10	lscq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day, David	1	We have many stories of David obeying God. Now a new story of when David sinned is being introduced. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
853	17:10	hc7r			One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
854	17:10	b30l			saw	1	Bathsheba may have been bathing at her own house, but David’s palace was very high and he was able to see over walls that were lower.
855	17:10	crk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	a beautiful woman & her name was Bathsheba	1	This introduces Bathsheba as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
856	17:10	phqs			bathing	1	This may be translated as: “taking a bath” or “washing herself.”
857	17:10	qnia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but he found out	1	The connecting word but contrasts David not knowing the woman with his finding out who she was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
858	17:11	t947		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Instead of looking away	1	The connecting word Instead contrasts what David should have done (look away), with what David did (sent someone to bring her to him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
859	17:11	ru1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	He slept with her	1	In order to be polite, a euphemism is used to say David had sexual intercourse with Bathsheba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
860	17:12	huax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Bathsheba’s husband was a man named Uriah	1	This introduces Bathsheba s husband, Uriah, as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
861	17:12	kdsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	He was one of David’s best soldiers. He was away fighting in a war at this time.	1	This is background information about who Uriah was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
862	17:12	gzq6			go be with his wife	1	This could mean ‘go home to be intimate with his wife.’ David wanted people, especially Uriah, to believe that Bathsheba was pregnant with Uriah’s child.
863	17:12	wmri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So David sent Uriah	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (Uriah refused to sleep with his wife), with the result (David sent him into great danger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
864	17:12	zw46			where the enemy was strongest	1	This refers to the location in the battle where the most fighting was going on.
865	17:12	rqyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so that he would be killed	1	The connecting words so that connect the reason (David wanted Uriah killed), with the result (David told the general to put Uriah where the enemy was strongest and abandon him there). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
866	17:13	jk0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After Uriah died	1	The connecting word After introduces a sequential clause. Uriah died, and then David married Bathsheba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
867	17:13	yrem			what David had done	1	This refers to David’s adultery with Bathsheba and his murder of her husband, Uriah.
868	17:13	mp5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he sent	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (God was very angry with David), with the result (God sent a prophet to tell David that he had done an evil thing). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
869	17:14	x924		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But David’s baby boy died	1	The connecting word But contrasts David’s repentance and God’s forgiveness with God’s punishment of David and Bathsheba’s baby dying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
870	17:14	cg0f			some members of his own family rebelled against him	1	This fighting was very serious. Among other things, one of his sons murdered another son and tried to take David’s place as king while David was still reigning. If possible, use a word that conveys the intensity of this conflict within the family.
871	17:14	ibo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God was faithful	1	The connecting word But contrasts David’s sin and unfaithfulness with God’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
872	17:14	n5e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Later	1	This introduces the birth of a second son who did not die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
873	17:14	tcp9			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
874	18:0	w07p	title		The Divided Kingdom	1	This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites divided against each other” or “What happened when the Israelites divided against each other?”
875	18:0	k6n9	title		Divided Kingdom	1	This refer to when the twelve tribes of Israel divided into the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah after the death of Solomon.
876	18:1	l3v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	King David ruled for 40 years	1	This is background information about what happened while David was king, before he died and his son Solomon became king after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
877	18:1	bvzo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Then he died	1	This begins the transition from David’s reign as king to Solomon’s reign. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
878	18:1	hpx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he made Solomon the wisest man in the world	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (God was pleased with Solomon asking him to make him wise), and the result (God made him the wisest man in the world). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
879	18:2	tevg			was present in the Temple	1	This could mean ‘was present in the Temple in a special way.’ Even though God was also present everywhere else at the same time, he made himself especially available to the people at the Temple.
880	18:2	grts			with his people	1	This could be translated as: “in the midst of his people” or “among his people.”
881	18:3	dgd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Solomon loved women from other countries	1	The connecting word But contrasts Solomon building the Temple, God’s dwelling place, with Solomon loving women from other religions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
882	18:3	aue2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	1,000	1	This could also be written in words: “one thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
883	18:3	ck13			brought their gods with them	1	They brought their idols and their methods of worshiping idols with them to Israel.
884	18:3	d2vo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	When Solomon was old	1	The connecting word When introduces a background clause that indicates Solomon became old at the beginning of the time when he worshiped foreign gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
885	18:4	xgq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because of this	1	The connecting words because of this connect the reason (Solomon worshiped other gods), with the result (God was angry with him and said he would divide the kingdom). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
886	18:5	uy6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After Solomon died	1	The connecting word After introduces a sequential clause that indicates Solomon died and then Rehoboam became king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
887	18:5	pn4i			to accept him as their king	1	This could mean ‘tell him that they were glad he was king and that they would do what he said.’
888	18:5	ucnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	their king	1	This refers to a social relationship. Their king is the man who rules the country where they live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
889	18:6	xrxl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Rehoboam answered them in a very foolish way	1	The connecting word But contrasts the people’s request for a wise and gracious response with Rehoboam’s unwise and harsh response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
890	18:6	mwns			answered them in a very foolish way	1	Rehoboam’s answer was harsh, and caused the people to turn against him.
891	18:6	jpyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He said, “You say that my father, Solomon, made you work hard. But I will make you work harder than he did, and I will make you suffer worse than he did.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told them that his father Solomon made them work hard, but that he would make them work harder than his father did, and would make them suffer worse than he did.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
892	18:6	u5l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	you	1	Here you is plural, referring not just to the people present, but all the people in the nation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
893	18:7	ixa2			tribes	1	The descendants of each of Jacob’s 12 sons had become a tribe or very large family group in the nation of Israel. Everyone in Israel belonged to one of the 12 tribes.
894	18:7	ob95			rebelled against him	1	This could mean ‘refused to follow Rehoboam as their king.’ It might help to start this sentence with ‘So’ or ‘Because of that’ or ‘Because of what Rehoboam said.’
895	18:7	jphn			remained with him	1	This could mean ‘stayed loyal to him’ or ‘continued to support him as king.’
896	18:7	w286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	the kingdom of Judah	1	This is not possession, but it gives the name of the kingdom. It could be translated as: “the Judah kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
897	18:8	heze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	the kingdom of Israel	1	This is not possession, but it gives the name of the kingdom. It could be translated as: “the Israel kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
898	18:9	qaf4			caused the people to sin	1	This could be translated as: “led the people to sin” or “motivated the people to sin.” Rehoboam led the people into sin by making idols for them to worship.
899	18:10	vblf			Judah and Israel	1	The people of Judah and Israel were all descendants of Jacob and part of God’s people. Even so, they disobeyed God and fought and killed each other.
900	18:12	a2yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	When they did this	1	The connecting word When introduces a background clause which indicates that at the same time the people of the kingdom of Israel started worshiping idols, they also started sleeping with prostitutes and sacrificing children to idols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
901	18:13	b8d1			ruled justly	1	This means they ruled according to God’s laws. This can be translated as: “when they ruled, they did what was right.”
902	18:13	g4z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But most of Judah’s kings were evil	1	The connecting word But contrasts the few godly kings with the most kings of Judah who were evil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
903	18:13	xn3l			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
904	19:0	h2lx	title		The Prophets	1	This title can also be translated as: “About the work the prophets did for God” or “How did the prophets work for God?”
905	19:1	p8kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	God was always sending prophets to the Israelites	1	This introduces the prophets of God as new characters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
906	19:1	r2a0			Israelites	1	Here, this could be translated as: “the kingdoms of Israel and Judah.” All of the descendants of Jacob, including those in the kingdom of Judah, continued to be called Israelites.
907	19:1	hxqy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	The prophets heard messages from God and then told them to the people.	1	This is background information about what the prophets did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
908	19:2	fs5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So Elijah told King Ahab that God was going to punish the people	1	The connecting word So connects the reason (Ahab tried to make the people worship Baal), with the result (God was going to punish the people). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
909	19:2	imbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He said to him, “There will be no rain or dew in the kingdom of Israel until I say it will rain again.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told him that there would be no rain or dew in the kingdom of Israel until he said it would rain again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
910	19:2	q5ng			until I say it will rain again	1	This may be translated as: “until I command the rain and dew to come again.”
911	19:2	qd3b			This made Ahab so angry	1	This could be translated as: “When Ahab heard what Elijah said, he became so angry.”
912	19:3	pl8j			the wilderness	1	This was a remote location with very few people. This may also be translated as: “desert” or “the bush.”
913	19:3	zwv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	During this time	1	The connecting words During this time introduce a simultaneous clause. At the same time as Elijah was hiding in the wilderness, Ahab and his army were looking for him but could not find him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
914	19:4	ayvw			another country close by	1	This refers to a country that was beside, or shared a border with, Israel.
915	19:4	h7uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because there was no harvest	1	The connecting word because connects the reason (there was no harvest), with the result (they had almost run out of food). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
916	19:4	se5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But still	1	The connecting words But still introduce a contrast relationship. You would expect the widow to refuse to help Elijah because she was almost out of food, but she did the unexpected and took care of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
917	19:4	s6nx			took care of	1	This means they gave him a place to stay in their house and provided food for him. It does not mean he was sick.
918	19:4	v3h7			God provided for her and her son. Her jar of flour and her bottle of oil never became empty	1	This could be translated as: “God prevented their flour jar and their bottle of oil from becoming empty” or “God caused their flour jar and their bottle of oil to never become empty.”
919	19:4	vabd			jar of flour	1	This refers to a clay jar in which the widow kept her supply of flour.
920	19:4	c7bn			bottle of oil	1	In Israel, olive oil is used for cooking. This could be translated as: “bottle of cooking oil.” The widow used the flour and the oil for making bread.
921	19:5	w9fv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	There you are, you troublemaker!	1	This is a strong statement that expresses that Ahab was very angry with Elijah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
922	19:5	vkl6			you troublemaker	1	This means: ‘You are a troublemaker!’ Ahab was accusing Elijah of causing trouble by telling the king that he was doing wrong and also by stopping the rain.
923	19:5	cjtb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	It is you who are the troublemaker!	1	This is a strong statement that Elijah uses to rebuke Ahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
924	19:5	xh9f			You have abandoned Yahweh	1	That is, Ahab had led Israel to stop worshiping and obeying Yahweh.
925	19:5	uecw			Now you must bring all the people of the kingdom of Israel to Mount Carmel.	1	This is a command that Elijah gave to Ahab by his authority as a prophet of God.
926	19:5	hu1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all the people of the kingdom of Israel	1	This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
927	19:5	aa74			Mount Carmel	1	Mount Carmel is the name of a mountain located in northern Israel. It is over 500 meters high.
928	19:6	zl2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	all the people of Israel	1	Not every person in the land of Israel came to Mount Carmel. This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
929	19:6	rccm			Mount Carmel	1	See how you translated this in 19:05.
930	19:6	lpef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Baal’s prophets	1	This refers to the prophets that served the god Baal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
931	19:6	bowd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	450	1	This could also be written in words: “four hundred and fifty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
932	19:6	n0bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How long will you keep changing your mind?	1	This is not a real question asking for information. Elijah was rebuking the Israelites for repeatedly changing their minds about whether they would serve Yahweh or Baal. Some languages will have to express this as a statement such as “Stop changing your minds about whom you will worship!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
933	19:6	x0jw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	If Yahweh is God, worship him! But if Baal is God, worship him!	1	This is a strong statement that the people should decide once for all who they would worship. This does not mean that Elijah was undecided. He knew that Yahweh is the real God. He wanted the people to understand that when they worship false gods, they are rejecting Yahweh as the only true God. Translate this in a way that shows that the people had to make a choice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
934	19:7	qk1m			Kill a bull, divide the meat into pieces, and put it on an altar for a sacrifice, but do not light the fire.	1	Elijah commanded exactly how the prophets of Baal should prepare their sacrifice in order to test and see if Baal was a real god.
935	19:7	ddm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	if God sends fire on the altar	1	The connecting word If indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. If God sends fire, then it proves that he is real. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
936	19:7	jxxx			the real God	1	This means the one and only true God.
937	19:7	l8vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So the prophets of Baal prepared a sacrifice but did not light the fire.	1	The connecting word So connects the result (the prophets of Baal made the sacrifice but didn’t light a fire), with the reason (Elijah told them to do it that way). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
938	19:8	byvw			prayed to Baal	1	The prophets of Baal asked Baal to send fire onto the bull they prepared as a sacrifice.
939	19:8	x2f0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Hear us, Baal!	1	This is a both a command and a strong plea for Baal to answer their request and to send fire on the sacrifice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
940	19:8	atou			shouted	1	They yelled or called out loudly to Baal.
941	19:8	m04k			cut themselves with knives	1	They injured themselves with knives as an extreme way to show their devotion to Baal, hoping that this would persuade him to listen to them.
942	19:8	cvkt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Baal did not answer, and he did not send any fire.	1	The connecting word but contrasts Baal’s not answering or sending fire with the prophets praying, shouting, and cutting themselves. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
943	19:9	rlbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After that	1	The connecting words After that introduce a sequential clause. Elijah prepared the sacrifice, and then had people pour 12 pots of water over it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
944	19:10	ca3u			show us	1	This could mean ‘prove to us’ or ‘demonstrate to us.’
945	19:10	e72y			I am your servant	1	This could be translated as: “You have given me authority to serve you and do these things.”
946	19:10	wusi			Answer me	1	This could mean ‘respond to my prayer’ or ‘send the fire that I have asked you for.’
947	19:10	juto			these people will know	1	This may be translated as: “these people will see and understand.”
948	19:11	pfpl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Immediately	1	The connecting word Immediately emphasizes that the fire fell from the sky as soon as Elijah prayed. In contrast, the prayers of the prophets of Baal were still not answered after hours of praying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
949	19:11	ii47			fell from the sky	1	This may be translated as: “suddenly came down from the sky.”
950	19:11	al9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Yahweh is God! Yahweh is God!	1	This statement is repeated to emphasize that it is indeed true! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
951	19:11	omhk			Yahweh is God	1	This expression means that they understood that Yahweh is the only God, not just one god among others.
952	19:12	kxg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then Elijah said, “Do not let any of the prophets of Baal escape!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then Elijah told them not to let any of the prophets of Baal escape!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
953	19:12	v2cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Do not let any of the prophets of Baal escape!	1	This is a both a command and also a strong statement to emphasize that the people must seize every one of the prophets of Baal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
954	19:12	lfde			escape	1	The prophets of Baal tried to run away after their god was proven to be a false god.
955	19:12	z8kg			captured	1	This could mean ‘seized and held onto’ or ‘took hold of.’
956	19:13	bula		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then Elijah said to King Ahab, “Return immediately to your home, because the rain is coming.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then Elijah told King Ahab to return immediately to his home, because the rain was coming.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
957	19:13	pbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then Elijah said to King Ahab	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. The prophets of Baal were killed, and then Elijah warned Ahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
958	19:13	xcfk			Return immediately to your home	1	Elijah is giving a command to King Ahab on his authority as a prophet of God.
959	19:13	zuj5			the sky became black	1	This could mean ‘the sky became very dark.’ Heavy rainclouds covered the sky, making it look dark grey or black.
960	19:13	vo35			the drought	1	This could mean ‘the long dry time with no rain.’
961	19:14	vsfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	When Elijah finished his work, God chose a man named Elisha to be his prophet	1	This sentence introduces Elisha as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
962	19:14	y83z			the commander of an enemy army	1	Naaman was a commander in the army of one of the countries that was Israel’s enemy.
963	19:14	lfgm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but he had a bad skin disease	1	The connecting word but contrasts Naaman’s prestigious position of army commander, with his having this terrible disease. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
964	19:14	ipim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Naaman heard about Elisha	1	This means that people had told Naaman that Elisha was able to perform miracles. Here Elisha is used to represent the miracles that God gave Elisha the power to perform. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
965	19:14	fmyu			he went to Elisha and asked him	1	This could mean ‘he went to see Elisha and asked him.’ Naaman had to go into Israel to find Elisha and ask him to do this.
966	19:15	pq80			He refused to do this because it seemed foolish	1	Naaman would not do what Elisha said because he knew that washing alone could not heal his disease.
967	19:15	f441		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because it seemed foolish	1	The connecting word because connects the reason for his anger (it seemed foolish), with the result (Naaman refused to obey). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
968	19:15	h7pn			he changed his mind	1	This could mean ‘he decided to do what Elisha had told him to do.’
969	19:15	zpzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	When he came up from the water the last time	1	The connecting clause When he came up from the water the last time introduces a sequential clause. Naaman dipped himself seven times, and then God healed him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
970	19:16	mzwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If the people did not do this	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical condition. The result depended on Israel’s response to the warning of the prophets. God said that, if they did not stop doing evil, he would punish them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
971	19:17	xwz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Once, they put the prophet Jeremiah into a dry well	1	This begins a new event about Jeremiah being held captive in a well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
972	19:17	b9c7			a dry well	1	The well did not currently have any water in it, but it did still have mud in the bottom. This could be translated as: “an empty well.”
973	19:17	gzop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But then the king had mercy on him	1	The connecting word But contrasts the people putting Jeremiah in the well to die, and the king having mercy on him and ordering him brought out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
974	19:17	ua8i			had mercy on him	1	This means he was kind to Jeremiah and helped him.
975	19:18	hzyk			continued to speak for God	1	This could mean ‘continued to tell the people what God wanted to tell them.’
976	19:18	eccd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	even though the people hated them	1	The connecting words even though contrast the prophets speaking for God with the people hating them for their obedience. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
977	19:18	qu4o			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
978	20:0	vtep	title		The Exile and Return	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how the Israelites went away as prisoners and how they returned” or “How did God send the Israelites away as prisoners and bring them back again?”
979	20:0	rh9r	title		The Exile	1	The word exile means someone is removed from they country by force. The Exile is the term for this 70-year period when the Israelites were forced to live in Babylon.
980	20:0	olfh	title		Return	1	This refers to when the Jews returned to the land of Israel after being captives in Babylon for 70 years.
981	20:1	jxf1			broke the covenant	1	This could mean ‘disobeyed the commands God had given them in his covenant with them at Mount Sinai.’
982	20:1	j9q3			warn them to repent and worship him again	1	Another way to translate this would be: “tell them to stop sinning and to worship Yahweh instead of other gods, or terrible things would happen to them.”
983	20:1	mhr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but they refused to obey	1	The connecting word but contrasts the people refusing to obey God, with God send them prophets to warn them to repent and worship him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
984	20:2	nntv			both kingdoms	1	This refers to both the kingdoms of Israel and Judah.
985	20:2	nl44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Assyria was another nation that became very powerful	1	This introduces the Assyrians, from the nation of Assyria, as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
986	20:2	wbj0			took away	1	This could mean ‘stole.’ They stole these valuable things and carried them back to Assyria.
987	20:3	x410			the people who could make valuable things	1	This refers to people who were good at woodworking, metalworking, and building.
988	20:3	puw3			remained	1	This could mean ‘stayed’ or ‘were left behind’ or ‘were allowed to stay behind.’
989	20:4	o215			foreigners	1	This refers to people who were not Israelites.
990	20:5	s2f8			for not believing and obeying him	1	Another way to translate this would be: “because they did not believe or obey him.”
991	20:5	p2d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But they still worshiped idols,	1	The connecting word But contrasts the people continuing to worship idols despite seeing Israel’s punishment when they refused to obey. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
992	20:5	eglw			warn them	1	This could mean ‘tell them to stop sinning or terrible things would happen to them.’
993	20:5	t31j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but they refused to listen	1	The connecting word but contrasts the people refusing to listen, with God sending prophets to warn them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
994	20:5	onsb			they refused to listen	1	This could mean ‘they refused to obey’ or ‘they refused to stop their evil behavior.’
995	20:6	kh3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	100	1	This could also be written in words: “one hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
996	20:6	avli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians	1	This introduces the Babylonians and their king, Nebuchadnezzar, as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
997	20:6	bkng			agreed to be	1	The king of Judah was forced to either serve the Babylonian king or be destroyed.
998	20:6	hy62			to be Nebuchadnezzar’s servant	1	This could be translated as: “to govern Judah under Nebuchadnezzar’s command.”
999	20:7	rkea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So, the Babylonians came back and attacked	1	The connecting word So connects the result (the Babylonians came back and attacked), with the reason (the king of Judah rebelled). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1000	20:7	lweo			came back	1	This may also be translated as: “returned” or “came to Judah again.”
1001	20:7	wtuh			captured the city	1	This could mean ‘took control of the city and the people there.’
1002	20:7	pnku			took away	1	They carried the treasures with them back to Babylon.
1003	20:8	sj1v			To punish	1	Nebuchadnezzar punished the king of Judah by telling his soldiers to do these things.
1004	20:8	ygxy			in front of him	1	This may be translated as: “where he could see,” or “so that he could see it,” or “before his eyes.”
1005	20:8	rv6w			made him blind	1	This may also be translated as: “destroyed his eyes.”
1006	20:8	o25b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After that, they took the king away	1	The connecting words After that introduce a sequential clause. They killed the king’s sons and blinded him in Judah, and then took him to a prison in Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1007	20:9	t5wb			leaving only the poorest people behind	1	This could mean ‘leaving only the poorest people in Judah’ or ‘letting only the poorest people stay in Judah.’
1008	20:9	xmnh			This period of time	1	To translate this, choose a phrase that can refer to a long time, since this exile period lasted 70 years.
1009	20:9	tn7v			the Exile	1	The word exile means someone is removed from they country by force. The Exile is the term for this 70-year period when the Israelites were forced to live in Babylon.
1010	20:10	a17t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Even though God punished his people for their sin	1	The connecting words Even though contrast God sending the people into exile with him not forgetting his promises to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1011	20:10	r9p0			exile	1	See how you translated this term in 20:09.
1012	20:10	ezsy			did not forget	1	This could be translated as: “did not ignore” or “did not neglect.” Or the whole phrase could be translated as: “continued to honor his commitment to his people and his promises.”
1013	20:10	zyqj			watch over	1	This could mean ‘take care of.’
1014	20:10	f41y			speak to them through his prophets	1	This could be translated as: “tell his prophets messages that he wanted them to tell his people.”
1015	20:11	tb68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	About 70 years later	1	This begins a new event when Cyrus allowed the Jews to return to Israel from exile in Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1016	20:11	o5ij			70 years later	1	This refers to the 70 years that had passed since the Babylonian army took the people of Jerusalem into exile.
1017	20:11	klot			Cyrus	1	Cyrus was also called ‘Cyrus the Great.’ The name Cyrus meant ‘like the sun’ in the Persian language. However, since Cyrus was an important historical person, it might be best to transliterate his name rather than translating the meaning.
1018	20:11	dixb			the Persian Empire	1	The Persian Empire grew to cover the area from central Asia to Egypt. It was located in the region of what is Iran today.
1019	20:11	g3t9			The Israelites were now called Jews	1	This could also be translated as: “People now called the Israelites by the name ‘Jews.’”
1020	20:11	m63v			the land of Judah	1	That is, the area where the kingdom of Judah was located before the Exile. Jerusalem was the capital city of Judah.
1021	20:12	yqkm			Cyrus	1	See how you translated his name in 20:11.
1022	20:12	gdx1			Judah	1	See the note about Judah in 20:11.
1023	20:12	pojs			go back to Judah	1	Since most of these Jews were the children and grandchildren of those who left Judah, they had never lived in Judah before. In some languages, it might be better to say “to go to Judah.”
1024	20:12	k3ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	He even gave them money to rebuild the Temple!	1	This sentence emphasizes the surprising fact that King Cyrus of the Persians would give the Jews money to rebuild their Temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1025	20:12	owcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	70 years	1	This could also be written in words: “seventy years.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1026	20:12	yam4			exile	1	See how you translated this term in 20:09.
1027	20:12	htn6			returned	1	This could mean ‘went back.’ Some languages may prefer to say, ‘went’ since most of these people had never been to Jerusalem.
1028	20:13	n1bj			the people	1	That is, the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob, who were now called the Jews.
1029	20:13	s3jv			the wall	1	This wall was very thick (2.5 meters) and was built to protect the city from attackers.
1030	20:13	frnq			once again	1	In some languages this might need to be translated as: “now” or “as their ancestors had done” or “just as before the Exile.”
1031	20:13	ke28			worshiping at the Temple	1	They worshiped Yahweh, the One True God, at the Temple they rebuilt.
1032	20:13	zmmt			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1033	21:0	s4tj	title		God Promises the Messiah	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God promised to send the Messiah” or “What happened when God promised to send the Messiah?”
1034	21:1	q5dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Even when God created the world	1	The connecting words Even when contrast God creating a perfect world without sin, with his preexisting plan to send a Messiah to save people from sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1035	21:1	t759			crush the snake’s head	1	Unless the head of a venomous snake is crushed, the snake can still hurt someone. Use a word for crush that communicates that its head is destroyed.
1036	21:1	f9j1			Satan appeared as a snake in order to deceive Eve	1	Satan spoke to Eve in the form of a snake. This does not mean that he is a snake now. This could be translated as: “The snake who deceived Eve was an appearance of Satan.”
1037	21:1	kh71			to deceive Eve	1	This could mean ‘to lie to Eve.’ The snake lied by making Eve doubt what God had said and tricking her into disobeying God.
1038	21:2	pumh			through him	1	This could mean ‘because of one of his descendants.’
1039	21:3	ru7l			prophet like Moses	1	To be like Moses, the future prophet would need to have great authority from God to lead and rescue his people.
1040	21:4	xv87			his own descendants	1	Another way to say this would be: “a direct descendant of David himself.”
1041	21:5	suxy			would not be like	1	The New Covenant would be truly effective. People really would know God, they would truly live as his people, and He would forgive their sins completely, based on the Messiah’s sacrifice of himself one time for all who believe in him.
1042	21:5	tmfl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	this would be like writing his law on their hearts	1	Yahweh’s law will become a part of them, rather than merely being written on stone. Here heart represents ‘emotions’ or ‘mind.’ Alternate translation: “My law will be part of their thoughts and emotions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1043	21:5	ck0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	writing his law on their hearts	1	This is a metaphor meaning: ‘help his people to understand his laws and to earnestly desire to obey them.’ If possible, keep the image of writing on their hearts, since this is in contrast with the way God had written his law on stone tablets for the Israelites. If that is not possible, you could just translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1044	21:5	hol5			be his people	1	This could be translated as: “be his special people” or “be his favored people.”
1045	21:6	a13l			the perfect prophet	1	The Messiah would be a prophet who would be perfect in obedience to God, giving every word God would speak to the people. He would present God perfectly to the people, helping them to know and understand God.
1046	21:7	bxyi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	However	1	The connecting word However contrasts the Israelite priests’ performance, with the Messiah’s performance as priest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1047	21:7	uctb			the perfect high priest	1	Unlike the other high priests, the Messiah would never sin, and he would permanently take away all the sins of the people.
1048	21:7	b6ra			offer himself	1	This could mean ‘allow himself to be killed.’
1049	21:7	jfl1			a perfect sacrifice	1	This could mean ‘a sacrifice that has no fault or imperfection.’
1050	21:8	heud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But the Messiah	1	The connecting word But contrasts the kingdom and performance of other kings, with the Messiah’s kingdom and performance as king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1051	21:8	wncq			the whole world	1	This could also be translated as: “everyone everywhere.”
1052	21:9	bwh7			Malachi	1	Malachi was the last prophet in the Old Testament.
1053	21:9	tb2p			the Messiah would be born of a virgin	1	Another way to say this would be: “a virgin would give birth to the Messiah.”
1054	21:9	oewm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	virgin	1	Some ancient versions and some contemporary versions translate: “the virgin will conceive,” while others translate: “the young woman will conceive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1055	21:9	wrj6			Micah	1	Micah was an Old Testament prophet of God who, like Isaiah, spoke his messages from God almost 800 years before the Messiah came.
1056	21:10	c6lg			set prisoners free	1	This could mean ‘set free those who have unjustly been put into prison.’ This could also refer to setting people free from the bondage of sin.
1057	21:10	yzcz			could not hear, see, speak, or walk	1	It may be better to say: “could not hear, could not see, could not speak, or could not walk.” Some languages have special words for these conditions, such as ‘deaf’ and ‘blind.’
1058	21:11	edju			Zechariah	1	Zechariah was an Old Testament prophet who spoke to God’s people after they returned to the Promised Land from the Exile in Babylon. This was about 500 years before the Messiah came.
1059	21:11	y6t9			30 silver coins	1	At the time, each of these coins was worth the amount of money a person could earn in four days.
1060	21:11	f1co		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	gamble for his clothes	1	This could mean ‘play a game of chance to determine who would win his clothes.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1061	21:12	vzgj			pierce	1	People would stab the Messiah with a sharp weapon.
1062	21:12	ls7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	even though he had not done anything wrong	1	The connecting words even though contrast the way the Messiah was killed, with his innocence. It is not expected that an innocent, sinless man would be killed so brutally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1063	21:13	yg61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But he would die	1	The connecting word But contrasts the perfection of the Messiah, with his death as punishment for other people’s sins. It is not expected that a perfect man would die for other people’s sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1064	21:14	qq6w			raise the Messiah from the dead	1	This could mean ‘cause the Messiah to be alive again.’
1065	21:14	gsfi			to make the New Covenant	1	This could mean ‘to put the New Covenant into effect.’
1066	21:15	n5mx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but the Messiah did not come during the time of any of those prophets	1	The connecting word But contrasts the many prophecies about the Messiah given to the prophets with the Messiah not coming during their life time. It is not expected that so much detail would be given when it would be another 400 years until the Messiah came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1067	21:15	ackx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	More than 400 years after the last of these prophecies was given, at exactly the right time	1	This is background information about what happened before the Messiah came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1068	21:15	g1z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	400 years	1	This could also be written in words: “four hundred years.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1069	21:15	cxtn			into the world	1	This could be translated as: “to the people of the world.” The Messiah would be sent not only to the Jews, but to all people.
1070	22:0	oodf	title		The Birth of John	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how John the Baptist was born” or “What happened when John the Baptist was born?”
1071	22:1	hq71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	In the past, God had spoken to his prophets so they could speak to his people. Then came 400 years of silence in which he did not speak to men.	1	This is background information about the prophets of God, and the 400 years that God did not send them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1072	22:1	d3xk			his people	1	This could be translated as: “his people, the Israelites” or “his people, the Jews.” But only include the added information if it is not clearly understood who these people were.
1073	22:1	kkqn			Then came 400 years of silence	1	Other ways to say this are: “Then 400 years of silence passed” or “Then there were 400 years of silence.” The last Old Testament prophet, Malachi, has prophesied 400 years before.
1074	22:1	z1os			in which he did not speak to men	1	This could mean ‘during which God did not give any messages to the prophets for his people.’
1075	22:1	idof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Then God sent an angel	1	This introduces the birth of John the Baptist as a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1076	22:1	zlt0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Then God sent an angel to a priest named Zechariah	1	This introduces the angel and Zechariah as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1077	22:1	h6hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Zechariah and his wife, Elizabeth, honored God. They were very old, and she had never born any children.	1	This is background information about the kind of people who Zechariah and Elizabeth were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1078	22:2	wdum			The angel	1	This refers to the angel that came to Zechariah in 22:01.
1079	22:2	ce95			You will name him John.	1	This is a command. The angel is telling Zechariah exactly what he must name John.
1080	22:2	cxuz			fill him with the Holy Spirit	1	This could mean ‘give him wisdom and power through the Holy Spirit.’
1081	22:2	iblz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	My wife and I are too old to have children!	1	This sentence emphasizes that Zechariah and Elizabeth were far too old to have children by natural means. That would require God to work a miracle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1082	22:2	t4pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	How can I know you are telling me the truth?	1	Here, know means to learn by experience, suggesting Zechariah was asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What can you do to prove to me that this will happen?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1083	22:3	eooy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The angel responded to Zechariah, “I was sent by God to bring you this good news. Because you did not believe me, you will not be able to speak until the child is born.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel answered and told Zechariah that he was sent by God to bring him this good news. But because Zechariah did not believe him, Zechariah will not be able to speak until the child was born.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1084	22:3	b7yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Immediately, Zechariah was unable to speak	1	The connecting word Immediately introduces a sequential clause. First the angel said Zechariah would not be able to speak, and the next thing that happened was Zechariah could not speak. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1085	22:3	xe5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Because you did not believe me, you will not be able to speak until the child is born.	1	The connecting word Because connects the reason (Zechariah did not believe the good news), with the result (Zechariah could not speak until the baby was born). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1086	22:4	ort1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	When Elizabeth was six months pregnant	1	The connecting word When introduces a background clause. The main event is Mary’s pregnancy and visit to Elizabeth. The background event that was already happening is Elizabeth was six months pregnant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1087	22:4	sbu0			Elizabeth	1	She was Zechariah’s wife. An angel told Zechariah that Elizabeth would give birth to a son.
1088	22:4	kn2r			six months pregnant	1	Either she had already been pregnant for six months or she was in the sixth month of her pregnancy.
1089	22:4	rww0			pregnant	1	Different languages have different idioms to talk about pregnancy, such as ‘she was with child’ or ‘she had one in her body’ or ‘she had belly.’ Some languages have special ways of speaking about it politely, such as ‘she was expecting.’ Use an expression that will not be embarrassing to readers.
1090	22:4	wxmv			Elizabeth’s relative	1	Many translations say, ‘cousin’ here but we don’t know exactly how these two women were related. A general term like, ‘kin’ or ‘cousin’ could be used.
1091	22:4	eg1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	She was a virgin and was engaged to be married to a man named Joseph	1	This is background information about Mary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1092	22:4	e5y9			was engaged	1	This could mean ‘was promised.’
1093	22:4	hy5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Son of the Most High God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. Mary will bear a son who will be called the Son of the Most High. Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1094	22:5	l109		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Mary replied, “How can this be, since I am a virgin?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Mary asked him how this could be, since she was a virgin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1095	22:5	mim9			How can this be	1	This could mean ‘How can I become pregnant’ Mary was not doubting the truth of the angel’s words, but asking how it would happen.
1096	22:5	j2gw			Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will come to you	1	These are two ways of saying the same thing: ‘By the power of God, the Holy Spirit will miraculously cause you to become pregnant.’ Make sure the translation of this sentence does not sound like there was any physical contact involved. This was a miracle.
1097	22:5	tjbm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Holy Spirit	1	This introduces the Holy Spirit as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1098	22:5	bs4y			the baby will be holy	1	The word holy here means the baby will belong to God.
1099	22:5	djrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1100	22:6	qvbm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Soon after this happened	1	The connecting word Soon introduces a sequential clause. The angel came to Mary and soon after Mary left to visit Elizabeth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1101	22:6	tegl			Elizabeth	1	See the note about Elizabeth on 22:04.
1102	22:6	wjdn			baby jumped inside her	1	The baby moved suddenly inside Elizabeth’s womb in response to Mary’s greeting to Elizabeth.
1103	22:6	yzcw			what God had done for them	1	This refers to the fact that both women were pregnant through God’s supernatural intervention. Mary had conceived without a man, and Elizabeth had conceived with Zechariah after she was past the age of childbearing.
1104	22:7	lx1z			Elizabeth	1	See the note about Elizabeth on 22:04.
1105	22:7	tra4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then God made Zechariah able to speak again	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. After Zechariah and Elizabeth named their baby John, Zechariah was able to speak again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1106	22:7	ntky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Praise God, because he has remembered to help his people!	1	This sentence emphasizes that God is worthy of praise because of how he helped his people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1107	22:7	w4g5			Praise God	1	This could mean ‘We should all praise God.’
1108	22:7	zejp			the prophet	1	This could mean ‘the very important prophet.’ John would be the prophet that the Old Testament prophets had predicted would come before the Messiah.
1109	22:7	tf6j			the Most High God	1	Other ways to say this are: “the God who is greater than everything” or “the God who rules over everything.”
1110	22:7	kl0g			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1111	23:0	o27j	title		The Birth of Jesus	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus was born” or “What happened when Jesus was born?”
1112	23:1	e14z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Mary was engaged to a righteous man named Joseph	1	Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary had promised her in marriage to a righteous man named Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1113	23:1	or6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	engaged	1	This could mean ‘promised to be married.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1114	23:1	kdu5			he knew it was not his baby	1	This could mean ‘he knew that he was not the one who had caused her to be pregnant.’
1115	23:1	x7dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	However, he did not want to shame Mary	1	The connecting word However contrasts Mary being pregnant with what Joseph believed to be another man’s child, with Joseph’s desire not to shame Mary. You would expect Joseph to be angry and want to shame her but, instead, he responds with mercy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1116	23:1	bk8d			to shame Mary	1	This could mean ‘to cause Mary to be publicly disgraced’ or ‘to embarrass Mary publicly.’ Joseph was merciful to Mary even though it seemed like she was an adulteress.
1117	23:1	bz3f			to divorce her quietly	1	This could also be translated as: “to divorce her without telling others why,” or “to divorce her without telling others about her pregnancy.” Because Joseph was righteous, he wanted to resolve the situation in the best way possible, which in this culture would be to divorce her quietly.
1118	23:1	r4v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	divorce her	1	Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. This is why a divorce was necessary rather than simply breaking an engagement. For some languages, it may be better to say: “break their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1119	23:1	e1q9			in a dream	1	This could mean ‘while he was asleep and dreaming.’
1120	23:2	uzjl			do not be afraid to take Mary as your wife	1	This can also be translated as: “Stop thinking that you shouldn’t marry Mary” or “Do not hesitate to have Mary as your wife.”
1121	23:2	d6qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The baby that is in her is from the Holy Spirit	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1122	23:2	s5ke			is from the Holy Spirit	1	This could mean ‘was conceived by a miracle of the Holy Spirit.’
1123	23:2	kbpp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	She will give birth to a son	1	Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1124	23:2	ve1e			Name him Jesus	1	This is a command from God telling Joseph exactly what to name the baby.
1125	23:2	y1e0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because he will save the people from their sins	1	The connecting word because connects the result (Joseph was to name the baby Jesus, which means God saves), with the reason (Jesus will save the people from their sins). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1126	23:3	flmf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So Joseph married Mary	1	The connecting word So connects the result (Joseph took Mary as his wife) with the reason (the angel told him the baby was not another man’s child conceived in sin, but the Son of God conceived by the Holy Spirit). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1127	23:3	ezir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but he did not sleep with her	1	The connecting word but contrasts Joseph taking Mary to be his wife, with him not sleeping with her. It would be expected that a man would sleep with the woman he took as his wife, but Joseph did the unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1128	23:3	s2ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	he did not sleep with her	1	He kept her a virgin until the birth of the baby. In order to be polite, a euphemism is used to say Joseph did not have sexual intercourse with Mary. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1129	23:4	zxts			When the time was near for Mary to give birth	1	This could mean ‘When it was near the end of Mary’s pregnancy.’
1130	23:4	ounp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	They had to go there because the Roman officials wanted to count all the people in the land of Israel. They wanted everyone to go to where their ancestors had lived. King David had been born in Bethlehem, and he was the ancestor of both Mary and Joseph.	1	This is background information about why Joseph and Mary had to travel to Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1131	23:4	e87w			the Roman officials	1	Rome had conquered and ruled over Israel at this time.
1132	23:4	wf0i			to count all the people	1	This could mean ‘to write their names on a list.’ They probably did this so they could tax the people.
1133	23:5	lzov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	but there was no place for them to stay	1	This is background information about why Jesus was born in a place where animals slept. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1134	23:5	jjt6			no place for them to stay	1	This could mean ‘no usual place for them to stay.’ Because Bethlehem was so crowded at that time, the usual rooms for guests were already full of people.
1135	23:5	xjn1			where some animals were kept	1	This was a place for sheltering animals, not a place where people lived. Translate this with a term that would normally be used for a place where animals were kept.
1136	23:5	qhwl			a feeding trough	1	This could mean ‘an animal feed box’ or ‘a wooden or stone box for feeding animals.’ The box could have been filled with hay to provide a padded surface for the baby to lie on.
1137	23:6	q2l7			guarding their flocks	1	A flock is a group of sheep. The shepherds were caring for their sheep, and protecting them from harm or theft.
1138	23:6	fzt3			a shining angel	1	This could also be translated as: “an angel surrounded by a bright light.” The shining light would have seemed even brighter in contrast to the darkness of the night.
1139	23:6	qup1			they were terrified	1	The shepherds were very afraid when a supernatural angel appeared.
1140	23:6	vspr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The angel said, “Do not be afraid, because I have some good news for you. The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel told them not to be afraid, because he had some good news for them. The Messiah, the Master, had been born in Bethlehem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1141	23:6	p5md			Do not be afraid	1	This often means ‘stop being afraid.’ The angel spoke this command to the shepherds in order to comfort them. The shepherds were very afraid when they saw the angel, so he was telling them they did not need to be afraid. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid”
1142	23:6	nx18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!	1	This sentence emphasizes the exciting message that the Messiah—for whom the Israelites had so long been waiting—had finally come! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1143	23:7	aumd			General Information	1	The angel continued speaking.
1144	23:7	w4rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Go search for the baby, and you will find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough.	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel told them to go and search for the baby, and they would find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1145	23:7	d47g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	and you will find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough	1	The connecting word and introduces a sequential clause. After they go and search for the baby, they will find him wrapped in cloth and lying in a trough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1146	23:7	xt21			wrapped in pieces of cloth	1	The custom of that time was to tightly wrap newborn babies in long strips of cloth. It may be necessary to say “wrapped in long strips of cloth, in the customary way.”
1147	23:7	gcvy			a feeding trough	1	This could mean ‘an animal feeding box.’ Also see how you translated this in 23:05.
1148	23:7	jyml			filled with angels	1	This means that there were so many angels that they seemed to fill the sky.
1149	23:7	w5pc			May all honor be to God	1	This can also be translated as: “Let us all honor God!” or “Our God deserves all honor!” or “We all give honor to God!”
1150	23:7	tr99			peace on earth	1	Another way to say this would be: “may there be peace on earth.”
1151	23:7	hwzk			the people he favors	1	This might be translated as: “people that God looks upon with favor, delight, or good will.”
1152	23:8	g7dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then the angels left	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. The angels gave their praise, and then they left. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1153	23:8	wbas			everything they had heard and seen	1	This included the glorious angels and their amazing message, as well as seeing the newborn Messiah himself.
1154	23:9	apss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	There were some men in a country far to the east.	1	This introduces as new characters in the story. These men came from the east to worship Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1155	23:9	yxba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	They studied the stars and were very wise	1	This is background information about why these men knew Jesus had been born and came to see him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1156	23:9	e30m			They studied the stars	1	These men may also have had access to the Old Testament prophets’ writings that predicted the birth of the Messiah.
1157	23:9	ke13			an unusual star	1	The star that they noticed was not a normal star. It was something that appeared at the time of Jesus’ birth.
1158	23:9	www1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they decided to travel from their country to see the child	1	The connecting word So connects the reason (a new king of the Jews had been born), with the result (the men decided to travel to see the child). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1159	23:9	fjna			the child	1	As much as a year or two passed before the men arrived in Bethlehem. Jesus was no longer a baby.
1160	23:9	rlyb			the house	1	They were no longer staying in the place for animals where he was born.
1161	23:10	w77n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	When these men saw Jesus with his mother	1	The connecting word When introduces a simultaneous clause. When they saw Jesus, the wisemen bowed down and worshiped. It was their simultaneous response to seeing him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1162	23:10	nyf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	bowed down	1	This could mean ‘bowed low to the ground.’ At that time, this was the customary way of showing great respect or reverence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1163	23:10	qj82			expensive	1	This could mean ‘very valuable.’
1164	23:10	ssj6			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1165	24:0	foav	title		John Baptizes Jesus	1	This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when John the Baptist baptized Jesus” or “What happened when John the Baptist baptized Jesus?”
1166	24:1	iof9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	John, the son of Zechariah and Elizabeth, grew up and became a prophet.	1	This introduces a new event—John preaching as an adult. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1167	24:1	df7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	He lived in the wilderness, ate wild honey and locusts, and wore clothes made from camel hair	1	This is background information about how John lived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1168	24:1	mo72			the wilderness	1	This could mean ‘the desert’ or ‘a remote, desert-like place.’ There were few people living out in this area.
1169	24:1	e4bo			wild honey	1	This honey was the natural product of bees in the wilderness; it was not cultivated by people. If that is what people would understand by the word honey, you may not need to call it wild.
1170	24:1	r8yl			locusts	1	These were large, hopping insects with wings, like very large grasshoppers. Some people who live in the desert eat them.
1171	24:1	oa4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	wore clothes made from camel hair	1	This clothing symbolizes that John was a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1172	24:1	mijm			clothes made from camel hair	1	This could mean ‘coarse clothes made of camel hair.’ These clothes would not quickly wear out in the wilderness as other clothes would.
1173	24:1	aak2			camel hair	1	A camel is an animal that has very rough hair. People could make clothing out of it. This could be translated as: “rough animal hair.”
1174	24:2	i34y			the wilderness	1	See how you translated this word in 24:01.
1175	24:2	epol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He preached to them, telling them to repent, for the kingdom of God was near!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1176	24:2	nnf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!	1	This sentence emphasizes the urgent reason for them to repent—the kingdom of God was near! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1177	24:2	wddy			Repent	1	This is a command. It might be better to say: “Repent from your sins.”
1178	24:2	ska3			the kingdom of God is near	1	This could mean ‘the kingdom of God is ready to appear’ or ‘the kingdom of God will arrive soon.’ This refers to God’s ruling over people. This can also be translated as: “God’s reign is about to begin” or “God will soon rule over us as king.”
1179	24:3	ca6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	When people heard John’s message, many of them repented from their sins, and John baptized them	1	The connecting word When introduces a sequential clause. First, they heard John’s message, then they would repent and John would baptize them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1180	24:3	srri			repented from their sins	1	This could also be translated as: “repented concerning their sins” or “changed their minds about their sins” or “turned away from their sins.”
1181	24:3	jd2a			did not repent	1	This could mean ‘did not turn away from their sins.’
1182	24:3	ecj5			confess their sins	1	To confess is to acknowledge that something is true. These leaders did not want to acknowledge that they had sinned. This may be translated as: “confess that they had sinned.”
1183	24:4	cgiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	You poisonous snakes	1	John speaks of the religious leaders as if they were poisonous snakes. Poisonous snakes are dangerous and represent evil. Alternate translation: “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1184	24:4	oo4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	God will cut down every tree that does not bear good fruit, and he will throw them into the fire	1	John speaks of the religious leaders as if they were trees that bear bad fruit. This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” or “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1185	24:4	f950			God will cut down every tree that does not bear good fruit, and he will throw them into the fire	1	This means: ‘He will judge them person who does not do good deeds and punish them.’
1186	24:4	p5u7			every tree that does not bear good fruit	1	John is not really talking about trees. This is an expression that compares good fruit to good actions and attitudes that come from God.
1187	24:4	p86n			John fulfilled what the prophets had said, “See, I will soon send my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way.”	1	In some languages it would be more natural to use an indirect quote for this sentence, such as: John fulfilled what the prophets had said. They told of God’s promise to send his messenger ahead of Jesus to prepare his way.
1188	24:4	wins			John fulfilled	1	This could mean ‘John was doing’ what the prophet said God’s messenger would do.
1189	24:4	b4zu			See	1	This could be translated as: “Look and see” or “Pay attention!”
1190	24:4	zl0g			my messenger	1	This could mean ‘I, Yahweh, will send my messenger.’
1191	24:4	o1lg			ahead of you	1	In this phrase, the word you refers to the Messiah.
1192	24:4	k0xu			prepare your way	1	God’s messenger will prepare the people to listen to the Messiah.
1193	24:5	dbiu			He is so great	1	This could be translated as: “He is so important.”
1194	24:5	giaw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	I am not even worthy to untie his sandals	1	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John was saying that the one who would come is so great that John was not even worthy to be his slave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1195	24:6	a076		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Look!	1	This sentence emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1196	24:6	fmul			There is	1	For some languages, this would be translated as: “Here is” or “That man is.”
1197	24:6	pjk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the Lamb of God	1	John speaks of Jesus as if Jesus is a lamb from God. This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1198	24:6	ysbe			will take away	1	The sacrifice of Jesus causes God to look at our sin as if it never existed.
1199	24:6	hd65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	world	1	The word world is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” or “every person in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1200	24:6	l8yg			the sin of the world	1	This could mean ‘the sin of the people in the world.’
1201	24:7	stuw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	John said to Jesus, “I am not worthy to baptize you. You should baptize me instead.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “John told Jesus that he was not worthy to baptize him, but that Jesus should baptize John instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1202	24:7	jxf5			I am not worthy to baptize you	1	This could be translated as: “I am not good enough to baptize you” or “I am sinful, so I should not baptize you.”
1203	24:7	uj3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	But Jesus said, “You should baptize me, because it is the right thing to do.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “But Jesus said that John should baptize him because it was the right thing to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1204	24:7	agw7			it is the right thing to do	1	This might also be translated as: “it is the proper thing to do” or “this is what God wants me to do.”
1205	24:7	cosm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	even though Jesus had never sinned	1	The connecting words even though introduce a factual condition. Baptism is sign of repentance, but Jesus never sinned, so he had no need to repent. Jesus’ sinlessness was not questioned even though the evidence, his baptism, would seem to say he had repented of sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1206	24:8	eqk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	after being baptized	1	This can be stated in active form: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1207	24:8	km4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Spirit of God appeared in the form of a dove and came down and rested on him	1	Possible meanings are 1. this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2. the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1208	24:8	kmrw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	This is my Son	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1209	24:9	xi5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	God had told John, “The Holy Spirit will come down and stay on someone you baptize. That person is the Son of God.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God had told John that the Holy Spirit would come down and stay on someone he baptized, and that that person would be the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1210	24:9	agks			God had told John	1	This could mean ‘Before this, God had told John’ or ‘Before Jesus came to be baptized, God had told John.’
1211	24:9	pq2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1212	24:9	hf51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But when John baptized Jesus	1	The connecting word But contrasts the fact that there is only one God, with the fact that there is God the Father, God the Son and God the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1213	24:9	fdgk			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1214	25:0	w3t5	title		Satan Tempts Jesus	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Satan tried to get Jesus to sin” or “What happened when Satan tried to get Jesus to sin?”
1215	25:1	tsvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Immediately after Jesus was baptized	1	This is a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1216	25:1	zjy3			the Holy Spirit led him	1	This could mean ‘the Holy Spirit guided him’ or ‘the Holy Spirit prompted him to go.’
1217	25:1	ajgz			the wilderness	1	This could also be translated as: “the desert” or “a remote, barren place with few people.” This place probably had very few trees or other plants, so most people would not be able to live there.
1218	25:1	n2g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	40 days and 40 nights	1	This means: ‘40 days, both during the day and during the night.’ Make sure the translation of this phrase does not sound like a period of eighty days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1219	25:1	pnrp			tempted him to sin	1	Since Jesus did not sin, make sure you use a word that does not imply that Satan succeeded in convincing Jesus to sin. This phrase could also be translated as: “tried to convince him to sin.”
1220	25:2	z6mm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Satan said to Jesus, “If you are the Son of God, turn these rocks into bread so you can eat!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Satan told Jesus that if he was the Son of God, he should turn these rocks into bread so he can eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1221	25:2	mx1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	If you are the Son of God	1	Satan knew that Jesus was indeed the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1222	25:2	djdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1223	25:2	jllw			turn these rocks into bread	1	This may also be translated as: “make these rocks become bread” or “supernaturally change these rocks into bread.”
1224	25:2	cgdr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	bread	1	For languages where bread is not a common food, this could be translated as: “food.” In the Jews’ culture, bread was the main food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1225	25:3	lky9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	But Jesus said to Satan, “It is written & ”	1	Jesus refused to do what Satan asked. This can be clearly stated: “But Jesus said to Satan, ‘No, I will not do that because it is written … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1226	25:3	hg66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said to Satan, “It is written in God’s word, ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Satan that it is written in God’s word, ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1227	25:3	h40q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “It is written in God’s word that people do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1228	25:3	t0rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	bread	1	Make sure that you use the same word to translate bread here as you did in 25:02. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1229	25:3	fevb			but they need everything that God tells them!	1	Another way to translate this would be, “Rather, people need to listen to and obey everything God says.”
1230	25:4	ydmk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He said to him, “If you are the Son of God, jump off to the ground, because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told him that if he was the Son of God, he should jump off to the ground, because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1231	25:4	wbdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	If you are the Son of God	1	Satan knew that Jesus was indeed the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1232	25:4	ksp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1233	25:4	egbf			jump off to the ground	1	This could mean ‘jump off this building to the ground.’
1234	25:4	aap2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	it is written	1	This can be stated in active form: “a prophet of God wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1235	25:4	pui3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “because it is written that God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1236	25:4	ot0c			so your foot does not hit a stone	1	This means: ‘so that you will not be hurt at all; not even your foot will be injured on a stone.’ It could also be translated as: “so that even your foot will not strike against a stone; you will not be injured at all.”
1237	25:5	jd5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	he said, “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “he said that God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1238	25:5	uv84			“God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”	1	This could be translated as: an indirect quote: “God tells everyone not to test the Lord your God.”
1239	25:5	i9s6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	he said, “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’”	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “he tells everyone not to test the Lord your God” or “he says that no one should test the Lord your God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1240	25:5	bq2w			Do not test the Lord your God	1	This could be translated as: “Do not make the Lord your God prove himself to you” or “Do not challenge God to take care of you even when you do not obey him.”
1241	25:5	rdav			the Lord your God	1	This could mean ‘Yahweh, your God’ or ‘Yahweh, who is God and has authority over you.’
1242	25:6	bi04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He said to Jesus, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He said to Jesus that he would give him all this if Jesus would bow down and worship him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1243	25:6	d1wq			the kingdoms of the world	1	This refers to all the greatest cities, countries, and other territories of the world.
1244	25:6	l4bw			I will give you all this	1	This could be translated as: “I will give you all the wealth and power of these kingdoms” or “I will make you the ruler over all these countries, cities and people.”
1245	25:6	fxln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	I will give you	1	It can be stated that Satan indeed had this authority: “I have the authority to give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1246	25:6	ffzp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	bow down	1	This means that Jesus would serve and worship Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1247	25:7	fpx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Satan to get away from him! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1248	25:7	ugnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’”	1	Jesus refused to do what Satan asked. This can be clearly stated: “But Jesus said to Satan, ‘No, I will not do that. Get away from me, Satan.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1249	25:7	e5v1			Get away from me	1	This imperative may also be translated as: “Leave me” or “Leave me alone.”
1250	25:7	v116		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “he commands his people to worship only the Lord their God, and to honor only him as God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1251	25:7	ry2q			the Lord your God	1	Translate this phrase the same way as you did in 25:05.
1252	25:8	n2ib			did not give in to	1	This could be translated as: “did not do the things that Satan was tempting him to do.”
1253	25:8	mje6			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1254	26:0	yj2q	title		Jesus Starts His Ministry	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus began to minister to the Jews” or “What happened when Jesus began to minister to the Jews?”
1255	26:1	dd38			After Jesus refused Satan’s temptations, he returned	1	You may prefer to make this into shorter sentences and say: “Jesus did not do the wrong things Satan tried to get him to do. Jesus defeated Satan. After that, Jesus returned.” The word refused can also be translated as: “rejected” or “resisted.”
1256	26:1	qxbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After Jesus refused Satan’s temptations	1	This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1257	26:1	r817			went from place to place	1	That is, he “traveled to different towns and other places.”
1258	26:1	ubnj			Everyone	1	This could mean ‘Everyone who knew him or heard about him.’
1259	26:2	xj9s			the place of worship	1	This could mean ‘the building where the Jews gathered to worship God.’ This can also be translated as: “the worship building.”
1260	26:2	lbl0			a scroll	1	A scroll was a long sheet of paper or leather that was rolled up and had writing on it.
1261	26:2	tyo7			a scroll with the messages of the prophet Isaiah	1	This could mean ‘a scroll that had the words that the prophet Isaiah had written.’ Isaiah had written on a scroll hundreds of years before. This was a copy of that scroll.
1262	26:2	sf5r			opened up the scroll	1	This could be translated as: “rolled open the scroll” or “unrolled the scroll.”
1263	26:3	v7w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus read, “God has given me his Spirit so that I can proclaim good news to the poor. He has sent me to set prisoners free, to make the blind people see again, and to free those whom others are oppressing. This is the time when the Lord will be merciful to us and help us.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus read that God had given him his Spirit so that he could proclaim good news to the poor. He had sent him to set prisoners free, to make the blind people see again, and to free those whom others are oppressing. This is the time when the Lord will be merciful to us and help us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1264	26:3	x5m0			proclaim good news to the poor	1	This could mean ‘to tell poor and needy people the good message that God will help them.’
1265	26:3	zirc			to set prisoners free	1	This could mean ‘to tell people who are wrongfully in prison that they will be released.’
1266	26:4	n5hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said, “The things I just read to you, they are happening right now.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that the things he just read to them, they are happening right now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1267	26:4	aspe			The things I just read to you, they are happening right now	1	Other ways to translate this would be “The things you just heard me read are being fulfilled right now” or “Today the things I read to you came true as you heard them.”
1268	26:4	rr52			amazed	1	Translate the word amazed with a term that means that they were surprised, shocked, and confused about how this could be possible.
1269	26:4	xmih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Isn’t this the son of Joseph?	1	This is a rhetorical question. This could also be translated as: “This man is only the son of Joseph!” or “Everyone knows he is just Joseph’s son!” The people were not asking if he was Joseph’s son or not. They were wondering how he could be the Messiah since they thought he was only the son of an ordinary man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1270	26:5	vp5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Then Jesus said, “It is true that people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in. During the time of the prophet Elijah, there were many widows in Israel. But when it did not rain for three and a half years, God did not send Elijah to help a widow from Israel. Instead, he sent Elijah to a widow in a different nation.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that it was true that people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in. He also said that during the time of the prophet Elijah, there were many widows in Israel, but when it did not rain for three and a half years, God did not send Elijah to help a widow from Israel. Instead, he sent Elijah to a widow in a different nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1271	26:5	etmo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in	1	This proverb means ‘people do not recognize the authority of a prophet who has grown up among them.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1272	26:5	ok63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	During the time of the prophet Elijah	1	This is background information about what happened when Elijah was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1273	26:6	wjc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus continued, saying, “And during & ”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus continued, saying that during … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1274	26:6	pnd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	during the time of the prophet Elisha	1	This is background information about what happened when Elisha was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1275	26:6	vnjm			Elisha	1	Elisha was God’s prophet who came after Elijah. Like Elijah, Elisha confronted Israelite kings who were sinning against God and he did miracles that God gave him power to do.
1276	26:6	c9cz			a commander	1	This could mean ‘a military leader.’
1277	26:6	ocf3			they were furious at him	1	The Jews did not want to hear that God had blessed any people besides themselves, so they were very angry at what Jesus said.
1278	26:7	jcdu			the place of worship	1	This could mean ‘the building where the Jewish people gathered to worship God.’ This can also be translated as: “the worship building.” See how you translated it in 26:02.
1279	26:7	tt28			But Jesus walked through the crowd	1	To show that the people were not able to do to Jesus what they had planned to do, But could be translated with a strong contrast word or phrase such as: “But instead” or “However.”
1280	26:8	eigu			went throughout the region of Galilee	1	This could mean ‘all around in Galilee’ or ‘from place to place in Galilee.’
1281	26:9	azy4			who had demons in them	1	This could mean ‘who were controlled by evil spirits.’
1282	26:9	p2jm			Jesus commanded the demons	1	This could also be translated as: “Jesus gave the command to the demons.”
1283	26:9	ykic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The demons often shouted, “You are the Son of God!”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “The demons often shouted that he was the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1284	26:9	byuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	“You are the Son of God!”	1	This is a strong statement that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1285	26:9	ywrm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1286	26:10	zudk			learned from him	1	This could mean ‘learned from what he taught them’ or ‘learned from everything he said and did.’
1287	26:10	fcvo			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1288	27:0	giks	title		The Story of the Good Samaritan	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how a good man from Samaria helped a Jewish man” or “What happened when a good man from Samaria helped a Jewish man?”
1289	27:1	lcvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1290	27:1	r612		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	an expert in the Jewish law	1	This man was someone who studied and taught the laws God had given the Israelites, as well as other Jewish laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1291	27:1	vxab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	he said, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “called Jesus Teacher and asked what he had to do to inherit eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1292	27:1	avi9			to inherit eternal life	1	This could mean ‘to have life with God forever’ or ‘so that God will give me life with him forever’ or ‘to receive eternal life from God.’ The law expert was asking how he could be worthy to receive eternal life as an inheritance from God the Father.
1293	27:1	h4sg			eternal life	1	This refers to life forever with God after the mortal body dies. See the key term page for eternal life.
1294	27:1	eny6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus answered, “What is written in God’s law?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked him what was written in God’s law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1295	27:1	kpzh			What is written in God’s law?	1	This could mean ‘What is written in God’s law about this?’ Jesus asked this question because he wanted the man to think about what God’s law really teaches.
1296	27:1	jjel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	What is written	1	This can be stated in active form: “What did God say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1297	27:2	t9hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	The man said, “It says, ‘Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love your neighbor as yourself.’”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “The man said that we must love the Lord our God with all our heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love our neighbor as ourself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1298	27:2	hug1			Love the Lord your God	1	You may choose to say: “We must love the Lord our God.” Make sure it does not sound like the man is commanding Jesus. Rather, he is quoting what God’s law commands people to do.
1299	27:2	uhxo			with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind	1	This could mean ‘with your whole self’ or ‘with every part of yourself.’ In some languages this might be translated as: “with all your liver, breath, strength, and thoughts.” The focus is not on each of these parts, but on all of us. Use the concepts in your language that make up the whole person.
1300	27:2	ew0j			heart	1	The heart refers to the part of a person that has desires and emotions.
1301	27:2	ozsd			soul	1	The soul refers to the nonphysical, spiritual part of a person.
1302	27:2	vywb			strength	1	Strength refers to the physical body and all of its abilities.
1303	27:2	l92k			mind	1	The mind refers to the part of a person that thinks, plans, and has ideas.
1304	27:2	r9fx			neighbor	1	Although the word neighbor normally refers to a person who lives near us, the Jews applied the term to everyone except close relatives, foreigners, and enemies.
1305	27:2	dloa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	love your neighbor as yourself	1	This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: “love your neighbor as you love yourself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1306	27:2	w6ox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	as yourself	1	That is, he should love his neighbor to the same extent that he loves himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1307	27:2	xvt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus answered, “You are correct! If you do this, you will have eternal life.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him that he was correct! If he did this, he would have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1308	27:2	n0iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	you will have eternal life	1	This can be stated in active form: “God will give you eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1309	27:3	ir33			the law expert	1	This could mean ‘the expert in the Jewish law.’ See how you translated this term in 27:01.
1310	27:3	djkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	he asked Jesus, “Well then, who is my neighbor?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “he asked Jesus who was his neighbor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1311	27:3	vg3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	who is my neighbor?	1	This could also be translated as: “what do you mean by ‘neighbor’?” or “which people are my neighbors?” He knew that he did not love everyone, and was asking which people he needed to love. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312	27:4	xm89			General Information	1	The cloud-like frame around this picture indicates that Jesus is telling a story, and not necessarily explaining a historical event.
1313	27:4	u6y0			the law expert	1	See how you translated this term in 27:01.
1314	27:4	zbcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	a story	1	The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1315	27:4	doyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	There was a Jewish man	1	This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1316	27:4	uzav			from Jerusalem to Jericho	1	In some languages you could translate this as: “from the city of Jerusalem to the city of Jericho” or “from Jerusalem City to Jericho City.”
1317	27:5	jvwb			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
1318	27:5	d3y3			everything he had	1	This could mean ‘everything he had with him, including the clothes he was wearing.’
1319	27:6	goxj			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
1320	27:6	yg9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Soon after that, a Jewish priest	1	This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1321	27:6	kcmc			happened to walk down	1	This could mean ‘happened to be traveling along.’ For some languages, it may be necessary to use a word like ‘travel’ rather than walk since the priest was not just walking on the road but was traveling to get to another city.
1322	27:6	t07w			kept on going	1	This could mean ‘continued traveling down the road.’
1323	27:6	o6ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	He completely ignored that man	1	This was surprising because the priests were very religious, and would have been expected to help their fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1324	27:6	x2is			ignored that man	1	This could mean ‘did not help that man’ or ‘showed no concern for that man.’
1325	27:7	icdp			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
1326	27:7	vl4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Not long after that, a Levite	1	This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1327	27:7	tfqz			came down the road	1	This could mean ‘was traveling down that same road.’
1328	27:7	rlx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	(Levites were a tribe of Jews who helped the priests at the Temple.)	1	This is background information to tell the reader who the Levites were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1329	27:7	k9cg			Levites were a tribe of Jews	1	This could mean ‘Levites were from the Israelite tribe of Levi’ or ‘Levites were from the Israelite clan of Levi.’
1330	27:7	rbi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	He also ignored that man	1	This was surprising because the Levites served in the Temple, and would have been expected to help their fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1331	27:7	fluz			ignored	1	This could mean ‘did not help.’
1332	27:8	ij2w			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
1333	27:8	rbx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	The next person to walk down that road was a man from Samaria	1	This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1334	27:8	qmz6			to walk down	1	This could mean ‘to travel along.’ These people were traveling from one city to another. Make sure that it does not sound like they were just taking a walk.
1335	27:8	ih48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	(Samaritans and Jews hated each other.)	1	This is background information to tell the reader that the Samaritans and Jews were enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1336	27:8	okln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	He saw he was Jewish, but he still had very strong compassion for him	1	This was surprising because the the Jews and Samaritans hated each other, so he would not have been expected to help the Jewish man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1337	27:9	xo4j			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
1338	27:9	ah4l			his own donkey	1	Make sure it is clear that his refers to the Samaritan.
1339	27:9	kxh7			an inn by the road	1	This could mean ‘a lodging place along the road.’ This is a place where travelers could get food and stay overnight.
1340	27:10	gmxm			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
1341	27:10	t413			to continue his journey	1	This could be translated as: “to continue traveling toward his destination.”
1342	27:10	cwq3			in charge of	1	This could mean ‘who managed.’ It could be that this person also owned this lodging place.
1343	27:10	akoz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	He said to him, ‘Take care of this man. If you spend any more money than this, I will repay those expenses when I return.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “He told him to take care of the man, and if he spent any more money than this, he would repay those expenses when he returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1344	27:10	w7a9			Take care of this man	1	In order for it to be clear that this was a polite request, not an order, for some languages, it may be preferable to say: “Please take care of this man.”
1345	27:10	pek5			will repay those expenses	1	This could also be translated as: “will repay you” or “will pay back that money” or “will repay it.”
1346	27:11	zdou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus asked the law expert, “What do you think? Which one of the three men was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked the law expert which of the three men he thought was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1347	27:11	t77c			the law expert	1	This could mean ‘the expert in the Jewish law.’ See how you translated this term in 27:01.
1348	27:11	o4ww			the three men	1	The three men were the priest, the Levite, and the Samaritan.
1349	27:11	i1zr			was a neighbor	1	This can also be translated as: “behaved as a neighbor” or “was a friend” or “acted in a loving way.” See how you translated neighbor in 27:02 and 27:03.
1350	27:11	vs30			a neighbor	1	Jesus is using the word neighbor in a broader sense than in 27:02. Neighbor here refers to anyone that we meet who needs our help.
1351	27:11	in6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	He replied, “The one who was merciful to him.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He replied that it was the one who was merciful to him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1352	27:11	zj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus told him, “You go and do the same.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to go and to do the same.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1353	27:11	bfbo			You go and do	1	This could mean ‘You, too, should go and do’ or ‘Now you must do.’ Jesus was commanding the law expert to do as the Samaritan did.
1354	27:11	c5e1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	do the same	1	This could mean ‘love others, even your enemies.’ Make sure it does not sound like “the same” is only referring to helping a wounded man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1355	27:11	l7le			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1356	28:0	d97t	title		The Rich Young Ruler	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how a wealthy and important young man came to speak to Jesus” or “What happened when a wealthy and important young man came to speak to Jesus?”
1357	28:1	zk96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1358	28:1	vv2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	a rich young ruler	1	This man was already a rich and powerful political official, even though he was still young. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1359	28:1	qm3a			came up to Jesus	1	This could mean ‘approached Jesus.’
1360	28:1	r5p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	asked him, “Good teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “asked him what he must do to have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1361	28:1	s95n			Good teacher	1	This could mean ‘righteous teacher.’ He was not saying that Jesus was simply a skilled teacher.
1362	28:1	xlgd			to have eternal life	1	This could mean ‘to receive eternal life’ or ‘to live with God forever.’ Also consider how eternal life was translated in 27:01 and see the note about that there.
1363	28:1	hcdc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good’? There is only one who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked him why he called him ‘good’ since there is only one who is good, and that is God. Then he told him to obey God’s laws in order to have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1364	28:1	e3t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why do you call me ‘good’?	1	Jesus is not denying that he is good. Rather, he is asking if the ruler understands that Jesus is God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1365	28:1	giwx			There is only one who is good, and that is God	1	Other ways to say this are: “The only one who is truly good is God” or “God is the only one who is truly good.”
1366	28:2	fegm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	“Which ones do I need to obey?” he asked	1	This could mean ‘Which laws do I need to obey in order to receive eternal life?’ This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He asked him which laws he needed to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1367	28:2	r3fv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus replied, “Do not murder. Do not commit adultery. Do not steal. Do not lie. Honor your father and mother, and love your neighbor as you love yourself.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus replied that he must not commit murder, or commit adultery, or steal, or lie, and must honor his father and mother, and love his neighbor as he loves himself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1368	28:2	hpk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	as you love yourself	1	This could mean ‘as much as you love yourself’ or ‘to the same degree that you love yourself.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1369	28:3	xg6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	the young man said, “I have obeyed all these laws ever since I was a boy. What do I still need to do in order to live forever?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “the young man said that he had obeyed all these laws ever since he was a boy, and asked what he still needed to do in order to live forever.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1370	28:3	sv0d			ever since I was a boy	1	Another way to say this would be: “from the time I was a child until now.”
1371	28:3	w9mk			What do I still need to do	1	This could mean ‘What else do I need to do’ or ‘What do I need to do in addition to these’
1372	28:3	n7ks			loved him	1	Jesus had compassion on him. Choose a word for love that is consistent with the kind of love God has for people.
1373	28:4	u4ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus answered, “If you want to be perfect, then go and sell everything you own and give the money to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come and follow me.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus answered that if he wanted to be perfect, then he should go and sell everything he owned and give the money to the poor, and he would have treasure in heaven. Then he should come and follow him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1374	28:4	cjo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	you	1	If your language has different words for you depending on the number of people intended, use the singular form. Jesus was addressing this command to this one man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1375	28:4	h2t2			perfect	1	This could mean ‘completely righteous.’
1376	28:4	fho7			everything you own	1	This could mean ‘all of your possessions.’
1377	28:4	njgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the poor	1	That is, the poor people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1378	28:4	wesb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	treasure in heaven	1	The phrase treasure in heaven is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1379	28:4	blka			treasure	1	This could also be translated as: “riches” or “great wealth.”
1380	28:4	ld52			in heaven	1	This could also be translated as: “located in heaven when you arrive there.” This treasure will exist ‘there and then,’ as opposed to the wealth that Jesus asked the young man to give up ‘here and now.’
1381	28:5	u2yp			heard what Jesus said	1	This could mean ‘heard Jesus tell him to give away what he owned.’
1382	28:6	f620		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said to his disciples, “It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! Yes, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told his disciples that it is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! He said that it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1383	28:6	zn4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God!	1	This is a strong statement that it is extremely hard for rich people to be saved. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1384	28:6	s095			to enter into the kingdom of God	1	This can also be translated as: “to become a citizen in God’s kingdom.”
1385	28:6	i3yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God	1	This is an exaggerated statement in order to emphasize the difficulty of a rich person being saved. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1386	28:6	ycm5			a camel	1	Camels are very large animals that are often used to carry heavy loads. If camels are not known in your language area, a phrase such as ‘a very large animal’ or ‘a beast of burden’ could be used. If you choose to substitute the name of some other large animal, such as ‘an ox’ or ‘a donkey,’ make sure that the animal would have been known by the people Jesus was talking to.
1387	28:6	ri66			the eye of a needle	1	This refers to the tiny hole in the end of a sewing needle. The idea of something as large as a camel going through the eye of a needle is intended to represent something that is impossible.
1388	28:7	drs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	they were shocked	1	This could mean ‘greatly astonished.’ They believed that God made people rich because they were more righteous than other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1389	28:7	stm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	They said, “If it is like this, who will God save?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “They asked who God would save it it was like this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1390	28:7	peg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	If it is like this, who will God save?	1	This could also be translated as: “If God does not allow rich people to have eternal life, how can anyone else be saved?” This is perhaps a rhetorical question that means ‘If God does not save rich people, then it seems like he will not save anyone!’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1391	28:7	mcbh			save	1	Here it refers to God not judging or condemning them for their sin, and allowing them to be citizens in his kingdom.
1392	28:8	ytgq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said, “It is impossible for people to save themselves. But nothing is impossible for God to do.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “said that it is impossible for people to save themselves, but nothing is impossible for God to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1393	28:8	ssic			nothing is impossible for God to do	1	This could also be translated as: “God is able to do anything, even save a rich person” or “God is able to do impossible things, so he can save even a rich person.”
1394	28:9	wtfz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said to Jesus, “We disciples have left everything and followed you. What will be our reward?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told Jesus that the disciples had left everything and followed him, and asked what their reward would be.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1395	28:9	gdzx			left everything	1	This could mean ‘left everything behind’ or ‘given up everything we owned.’
1396	28:9	jgvr			What will be our reward?	1	Other ways to say this are: “What reward will we receive” or “How will we be rewarded?” or “What will God give us as a reward?” It may also be necessary to add, “because we have done this?”
1397	28:10	sept		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus answered, “Everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for my sake will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life. But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told them that everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for his sake will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life. He said that many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1398	28:10	nl1d			has left	1	This could mean ‘has left behind’ or ‘has given up’ or ‘has counted as less important than God.’
1399	28:10	nq7w			for my sake	1	This may also be translated as: “because of me” or “on my account.”
1400	28:10	sbrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	100 times more	1	This could mean ‘very much more than he had before.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1401	28:10	alnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first	1	Here first and last refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1402	28:10	fskc			many who are first will be last	1	This could mean ‘many people who are important now, will not be important then.’
1403	28:10	u0so			many who are last will be first	1	This could mean ‘many people who are considered to not be very important on earth will be considered very important in heaven’ or ‘Many people who are considered now to be of little value on earth will be highly valued in heaven.’
1404	28:10	gtgs			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1405	29:0	w1gl	title		The Story of the Unmerciful Servant	1	This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when a servant did not show mercy” or “What happened when a servant did not show mercy?”
1406	29:1	nwgn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1407	29:1	ti89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	asked Jesus, “Master, how many times should I forgive my brother when he sins against me? Up to seven times?”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “called Jesus his master and asked him if he should forgive his brother as many as seven times when he sins against him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1408	29:1	pecx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said, “Not seven times, but 70 times seven!”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to forgive not only seven times, but 70 times seven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1409	29:1	hh3z			my brother	1	This term sometimes included people who were not actually siblings, but who shared another very strong connection such as religion, ethnic background, etc.
1410	29:1	ogk9			sins against me	1	This could also be translated as: “does something wrong against me.”
1411	29:1	gv5u			Not seven times, but 70 times seven!	1	This could be translated as: “You should not forgive only seven times, rather you should forgive 70 times seven times.” Jesus was not talking about an exact number. He was saying that we should forgive people every time they sin against us.
1412	29:1	hzpl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	70 times	1	This could also be written in words: “seventy times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1413	29:1	tld3			By this, Jesus meant that we should always forgive	1	This could be translated as: “Jesus wanted to say that we should always forgive anyone who sins against us.”
1414	29:1	ihie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	this story	1	The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1415	29:2	ebyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said, “The kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants. One of his servants owed a huge debt worth 200,000 years’ wages.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that the kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants, one of whom owed a huge debt worth 200,000 years’ wages.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1416	29:2	t6h1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The kingdom of God is like	1	Other ways to say this are: “God’s rule over people is like” or “The way God rules people can be compared to.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1417	29:2	vvog			is like a king who	1	This could be translated as: “is like the kingdom of a king who” or “can be compared with the rule of a king who.”
1418	29:2	qnof			to settle accounts with his servants	1	This could mean ‘to collect the debts his servants owed him’ or ‘to collect the money his servants had borrowed from him.’
1419	29:2	ohux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	200,000	1	This can be written in words: “two hundred thousand years.” It represents an exceptionally long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1420	29:3	euzc			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1421	29:3	ect3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	the king said, ‘Sell this man and his family as slaves to pay his debt.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “the king said to sell this man and his family as slaves to pay his debt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1422	29:3	m87r			Sell this man and his family as slaves	1	This was a command from the king.
1423	29:3	y3dy			to pay his debt	1	This could mean ‘to pay back the money he owed to the king.’
1424	29:3	gxjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to pay his debt	1	It can be stated that the reason the man would be sold was so that the money received from selling him could pay part of what he owed to they king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1425	29:4	gohy			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1426	29:4	zxec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	fell on his knees	1	This could mean ‘quickly knelt down on the ground.’ This was a way to show his humility and his desire for the king to help him. Make sure it doesn’t sound like he fell down accidentally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1427	29:4	jbii			before the king	1	This means: ‘in front of the king.’
1428	29:4	uao1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	and said, ‘Please be patient with me, and I will pay the full amount that I owe you.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and asked him to please be patient with him, and he would pay the full amount that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1429	29:4	r8n9			felt pity	1	This could mean ‘felt compassion for’ or ‘felt sorry for.’ The king knew that the servant and his family would suffer greatly if they were sold into slavery.
1430	29:4	wrmf			canceled all of his debt	1	This can be translated as: “said that the servant did not need to pay back any of the money that he owed the king.”
1431	29:5	zn57			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1432	29:5	f7bw			a fellow servant	1	This refers to another man who was also a servant of the king.
1433	29:5	ymsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	and said, ‘Pay me the money that you owe me!’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and told him to pay him the money that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1434	29:6	uh7v			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1435	29:6	p4cw			The fellow servant	1	Translate this phrase in the same way as in 29:05.
1436	29:6	wsre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	fell on his knees	1	This phrase has the same meaning as in 29:04. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1437	29:6	hd4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	and said, ‘Please be patient with me, and I will pay the full amount that I owe you.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and asked him to please be patient with him, and he would pay the full amount that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1438	29:6	do5l			threw his fellow servant into prison	1	This could also be translated as: “had the man put into prison.” The word threw is figurative and means it was done in a forceful way.
1439	29:7	xl88			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1440	29:7	k1jm			what had happened	1	This could mean ‘that the servant had refused to cancel the other servant’s debt and had put him into prison.’
1441	29:7	xrmc			were greatly disturbed	1	This could mean ‘deeply grieved’ or ‘very distressed.’
1442	29:7	xt2u			everything	1	This could mean ‘they told the king what the servant had done to his fellow servant.’
1443	29:8	d6m0			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1444	29:8	rmyy			called the servant	1	This could mean ‘commanded the servant to come to him’ or ‘ordered his guards to bring the servant to him.’
1445	29:8	ltlv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	and said, ‘You wicked servant! I forgave your debt because you begged me. You should have done the same.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and called him a wicked servant. He said that he had forgiven him his debts because he begged him. He should have done the same.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1446	29:8	fnt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	You wicked servant!	1	The king said this to emphasize how wicked the servant was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1447	29:8	l54d			begged me	1	This could be translated as: “pleaded with me” or “urgently asked me to be merciful.”
1448	29:8	x7w1			You should have done the same	1	This could mean ‘You should have forgiven the man who owed you, just as I forgave you.’
1449	29:8	lala		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	threw	1	This could mean ‘commanded his guards to put.’ Consider how threw was translated in frame 29:06. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1450	29:9	oftp			Then Jesus said	1	Some languages may add: “to his disciples.”
1451	29:9	w36a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that his heavenly Father will do this to every one of his disciples if they do not forgive their brother from their heart.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1452	29:9	e9jm			This	1	This refers back to the way the king punished the unforgiving servant in 29:08.
1453	29:9	hpof		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	you & you & your & your	1	All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1454	29:9	yp2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	my heavenly Father	1	This could mean ‘my Father in heaven.’ Jesus is expressing his unique, personal relationship to God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1455	29:9	nht8			your brother	1	See how you translated this in 29:01.
1456	29:9	i5ko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	from your heart	1	The phrase from your heart is an idiom that means ‘sincerely.’ Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “truly” or “genuinely” or “honestly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1457	29:9	lj37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	heart	1	Here heart is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1458	29:9	j2wr			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1459	30:0	ihs2	title		Jesus Feeds Thousands of People	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus fed thousands of people” or “What happened when Jesus fed thousands of people?”
1460	30:1	q198			a quiet place	1	This refers to a place with few people where they could be by themselves.
1461	30:2	fxjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	General Information	1	This is background information about how the crowd came to be with Jesus when he performed a miracle by feeding 5,000 people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1462	30:2	uvmn			arrived	1	This could mean ‘got to the other side of the lake’ or ‘got there.’
1463	30:3	dxx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	5,000 men	1	This can be written in words: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1464	30:3	nish			not counting the women and children	1	This could mean ‘not counting the women and children who were with them’ or ‘and there were also women and children in addition to the men.’ Another way to translate this could also be, “in addition, there were many women and children.”
1465	30:3	i9ov			To Jesus	1	This could mean ‘Jesus knew that’ or ‘Jesus understood that.’
1466	30:3	tpsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	like sheep without a shepherd	1	This could be translated as: “vulnerable and lost, just like sheep are when they have no shepherd to take care of them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1467	30:4	ylj1			Late in the day	1	This could also be translated as: “When it was almost evening.”
1468	30:4	acvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	told Jesus, “It is late and there are no towns nearby. Send the people away so they can go get something to eat.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told Jesus that it was late and there were no towns nearby. So they asked him to send the people away so they could go get something to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1469	30:4	py4x			Send the people away	1	This could be translated as: “Please tell the people to go to a town” or “Shouldn’t you tell the people to go somewhere?” or “Let the people go to a town.” Make sure it sounds like a polite request, not an order.
1470	30:5	n0lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said to the disciples, “You give them something to eat!”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told the disciples to give them something to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1471	30:5	j3zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	You give them something to eat!	1	Jesus said this to emphasize that the disciples themselves should find food for the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1472	30:5	lk4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	You	1	The word You is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1473	30:5	kbb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	They responded, “How can we do that? We only have five loaves of bread and two small fish.”	1	This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “They asked how they could do that, since they only had five loaves of bread and two small fish.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1474	30:5	tktc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How can we do that?	1	This could be translated as: “We cannot do that!” or “It is impossible to do that!” The disciples were not asking an actual question. Rather, they were strongly expressing that they did not think this was possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1475	30:6	regi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus told his disciples to tell the people in the crowd to sit down on the grass in groups of 50 people each.	1	This is an indirect quotation. It can be stated as a direct quotation: “Jesus told his disciples, ‘Tell the people in the crowd to sit down on the grass in groups of 50 people each.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1476	30:6	yxte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	50 people	1	This can be written as numerals: “fifty people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1477	30:7	ux63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Jesus took the five loaves of bread	1	He did not steal the loaves. Alternate translation: “Jesus held the five loaves of bread in his hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1478	30:7	x3o2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	looked up to heaven	1	This refers to looking up, toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven was located above the sky. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1479	30:8	ud52			broke the bread and the fish	1	This could mean ‘tore the bread and the fish.’
1480	30:8	duc1			it never ran out!	1	Another way to say this would be: “there was always more left!”
1481	30:8	efwq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	were satisfied	1	This could mean ‘were no longer hungry’ or ‘were not hungry anymore.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1482	30:9	v7rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	12 baskets	1	This can be stated with words: “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1483	30:9	bw7i			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1484	31:0	x9ms	title		Jesus Walks on Water	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus walked on the sea” or “What happened when Jesus walked on the sea?”
1485	31:1	sl6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After Jesus fed the crowd, he told the disciples to get into a boat.	1	This introduces a new event. Jesus would come to the disciples on the water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1486	31:1	zkua			a mountainside	1	This could mean ‘the side of a mountain.’
1487	31:2	xjii			During this time	1	This could mean ‘While Jesus was praying on the mountainside.’
1488	31:2	sgbk			rowing their boat	1	The boat had a sail, but it would not have worked when the wind was against them.
1489	31:4	tqo4			a ghost	1	This could mean ‘a spirit.’ They thought Jesus was a spirit, since normally a human being cannot walk on water.
1490	31:4	xivx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	so he called out to them and said, “Do not be afraid. It is I!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “so he called out to them and told them not to be afraid, for it was he!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1491	31:4	roey			Do not be afraid	1	For some languages, it may be more natural to say here: “Stop being afraid.”
1492	31:4	oerw			It is I!	1	For some, it might be more natural to translate this as: “It is me, Jesus.”
1493	31:5	i7xv			if it is you	1	This could mean ‘if it is really you, and not a ghost.’
1494	31:5	cdsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus told Peter, “Come!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Peter to come to him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1495	31:5	ohqw			Come!	1	This could mean ‘Come here’ or ‘Come to me’ or ‘Come, walk to me.’
1496	31:6	wazz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	turned his eyes away from	1	This expression means ‘looked away from.’ It could also be translated as: “stopped looking at.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1497	31:7	qm2s			You have so little faith!	1	This may also be translated as: “You have so little faith in me!” or “You do not trust me very much!”
1498	31:7	j03s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why did you not trust me to keep you safe?	1	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1499	31:8	flae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	The disciples were amazed	1	If you need to be more specific, it can be stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “They were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1500	31:8	wiiw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	They worshiped him and said to him, “Truly, you are the Son of God.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “They worshiped him and said to him that he was truly the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1501	31:8	jp42			Truly, you are the Son of God	1	Other ways to say this would be: “You really are the Son of God” or “It really is true that you are the Son of God.”
1502	31:8	el54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1503	31:8	tfre			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1504	32:0	ayl6	title		Jesus Heals a Demon-Possessed Man & a Sick Woman	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus healed a sick woman and a man who was possessed by a demon” or “What happened when Jesus healed a sick woman and a man who was possessed by a demon?”
1505	32:1	zhy5			the Gerasene people	1	The Gerasenes lived in an area along the eastern shore of the Sea of Galilee. They were descendants of the Jews, but we know few details about them.
1506	32:2	v3l7			was demon possessed	1	This could mean ‘had demons in him’ or ‘was controlled by evil spirits.’
1507	32:3	kc2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	This man was so strong that nobody could control him. Sometimes people even fastened his arms and legs with chains, but he kept breaking them.	1	This is background information about the man who was possessed by a demon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1508	32:3	kibg			fastened his arms and legs	1	This could mean ‘restrained’ or ‘bound.’
1509	32:3	bwww			kept breaking them	1	Some languages may need to say: “kept breaking the chains.”
1510	32:4	l809			among the tombs	1	This could mean ‘near the tombs’ or ‘around the tombs.’
1511	32:5	l2aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	knelt down in front of him	1	This was a symbolic action to show that he was submitting to Jesus and asking for his help. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1512	32:5	otbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said, “Come out of this man!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told him to come out of the man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1513	32:6	q645			cried out	1	This could mean ‘shouted’ or ‘exclaimed.’
1514	32:6	p9m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	What do you want with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?	1	This is not a real question asking for information. The demon was terrified that Jesus would judge him. Some languages will have to express this as a statement such as: “Please do not judge me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1515	32:6	mvqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	What do you want with me	1	This expression means ‘What are you going to do to me?’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1516	32:6	z64a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Son of the Most High God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1517	32:6	i2bg			the Most High God	1	This could mean ‘the Supreme God’ or ‘the Most Sovereign God’ or ‘the Most Powerful God.’ The meaning of high here refers to God’s greatness. It does not refer to altitude or being tall.
1518	32:6	jwuk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	“My name is Legion, because we are many.”	1	A legion was a group of several thousand soldiers in the Roman army. The name Legion is a metaphor that speaks of the demons as if they were a large group of soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1519	32:6	tkhy			Legion	1	This was the name of the group of demons, but it also indicates that the evil spirits were very numerous. Use the name if the note that follows will make the meaning clear in your language. If not, you may need to translate the word as something like ‘Army’ or ‘Crowd’ or ‘Thousands.’
1520	32:6	rp85			we are many	1	This could mean ‘there are many of us’ or ‘we are many demons.’
1521	32:7	l37p			do not send us	1	This could mean ‘do not make us go.’
1522	32:7	ixnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	There was a herd of pigs feeding on a nearby hill.	1	This is background information about the pigs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1523	32:7	k8ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	Please send us	1	This could mean ‘Please let us go.’ Here us is exclusive. It refers to the demons only, and does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1524	32:7	a6m0			instead	1	This could mean ‘instead of making us go away.’
1525	32:8	swji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	2,000 pigs	1	This can be written in words: “two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1526	32:8	m913			herd	1	This could mean ‘herd of pigs’ or ‘group of pigs.’ Many languages have specific names for groups of animals, such as “flock of sheep,” “herd of cattle,” “pack of dogs,” and “school of fish.” Use a word that can appropriately be used for a large group of pigs.
1527	32:9	f8we			what happened	1	This could mean ‘how Jesus sent the demons out of the man and into the pigs.’
1528	32:9	d0ip			who used to have the demons	1	This could mean ‘in whom the demons had lived’ or ‘who had been controlled by the evil spirits.’
1529	32:10	wemf			The people	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “The people from that region” or “The Gerasene people.”
1530	32:10	xgcp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	were very afraid and asked Jesus to leave	1	This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: “were very afraid of Jesus and asked him to leave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1531	32:10	k9zs			begged to go along with Jesus	1	This could mean ‘begged Jesus to let him go with him’ or ‘earnestly asked Jesus if he could go with him.’
1532	32:11	sb69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Jesus said to him, “No. I want you to go home and tell everyone what God has done for you. Tell them how he has had mercy on you.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to go home and tell everyone what God has done for him, and to tell them how God had mercy on him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1533	32:11	vxwr			how he has had mercy on you	1	This can be translated as: “how he has shown mercy to you” or “that he has been merciful to you.”
1534	32:12	hpr3			heard his story	1	This could mean ‘heard the man tell what had happened to him.’
1535	32:13	pcjc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Jesus returned to the other side of the lake	1	It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. This can be clearly stated: “Jesus and his disciples returned to the other side of the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1536	32:13	iiyi			pressed in on him	1	This could mean ‘pushed tightly against him’ or ‘crowded in tightly around him.’
1537	32:13	slsz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	In the crowd was a woman	1	This introduces the woman as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1538	32:13	c2ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	a bleeding problem	1	The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1539	32:13	rarc			she only got worse	1	This could mean ‘her condition only got worse’ or ‘ her health got worse instead of better’ or ‘instead she became more sick.’
1540	32:14	jtir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	I’m sure that if I can just touch Jesus’ clothes, then I will be healed too!	1	She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1541	32:14	ph1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	if I can just touch Jesus’ clothes	1	According to Jewish law, she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1542	32:14	akfo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	I will be healed	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will heal me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1543	32:15	nu8w			power had gone out from him	1	This may be translated as: “healing power had flowed from him into someone else” or “his power had healed someone.” Jesus did not lose any power because of this.
1544	32:15	ni4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	he turned around and asked, “Who touched me?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “he turned around and asked who touched him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1545	32:15	rte6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Why did you ask, ‘Who touched me?’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Why did you ask who touched you?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1546	32:16	m3ab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	fell on her knees	1	This could mean ‘quickly knelt down.’ She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1547	32:16	yw90			before Jesus	1	This could mean ‘in front of Jesus.’
1548	32:16	gowt			shaking and very afraid	1	This could mean ‘shaking with fear’ or ‘trembling because she was afraid.’
1549	32:16	hwcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Your faith has healed you	1	Here faith is an abstract noun. This could also be translated as: “God has healed you because you trusted in him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1550	32:16	gtak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Go in peace	1	People spoke this traditional blessing when they left each other. Other languages may say something similar such as: “Go well” or “Go with God” or “Peace.” Other ways of translating it could be: “May you have peace as you go” or “Go and know that all is well between us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1551	32:16	ao7r			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1552	33:0	yde8	title		The Story of the Farmer	1	This title can also be translated as: “About a farmer who planted some seed” or “What happened when a farmer planted some seed?”
1553	33:1	vlho			One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
1554	33:2	k6pl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	this story	1	The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1555	33:2	pqdq			spreading the seed by hand	1	This could mean ‘throwing the seed on the soil’ or ‘covering all of his crop soil with seed.’ This is the way that farmers in the ancient Middle East typically planted grain-bearing crops.
1556	33:3	tetf			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1557	33:3	euk2			the rocky ground	1	This could mean ‘ground that was full of rocks.’
1558	33:4	gqrv			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1559	33:4	l4zy			choked it out	1	This can also be translated as: “overshadowed it” or “crowded it out.”
1560	33:4	ngsw			the thorny ground	1	This could mean ‘the ground that was covered with thorny bushes.’
1561	33:5	opfp			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1562	33:5	ovgi			good soil	1	This could mean ‘fertile soil’ or ‘soil that was good for growing plants.’
1563	33:5	d00v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	30, 60, or even 100 times	1	This can be written in words: “thirty, sixty, or even one hundred times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1564	33:6	zxhf			This story confused the disciples.	1	This could mean ‘The disciples did not understand this story.’
1565	33:6	w0xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The seed is the word of God	1	The word represents God’s message. Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “The sowing of the seed is teaching people God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1566	33:6	dsw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The path is a person who hears God’s word, but does not understand it	1	The path represents the person who hears God’s word. Alternate translation: “The path is like the person who hears God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1567	33:6	hutj			is a person	1	This comparison can also be translated as: “is like a person” or “represents a person” or “refers to a person” or “is speaking about a person.”
1568	33:6	u1hf			takes the word away from him	1	This may also be translated as: “takes God’s word away, causing him to forget it” or “steals the word from his heart so he won’t believe it and be saved.” You may also add the following: ‘just as birds eat up the seed that falls on a path.’
1569	33:7	klp3			General Information	1	Jesus continues to explain the story.
1570	33:7	q48p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The rocky ground is a person who hears God’s word and accepts it with joy	1	The rocky ground represents the person who hears and accepts God’s word for a short time. Alternate translation: “The rocky ground is like the person who hears God’s message and accepts it with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1571	33:7	bnty			The rocky ground	1	See how you translated this term in 33:03.
1572	33:7	k2y7			is a person	1	See how you translated this comparison in 33:06.
1573	33:7	ahsh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	accepts it with joy	1	This metaphor speaks of believing God’s word as accepting it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” or “joyfully agrees that it is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1574	33:7	a131		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	he suffers hardships, or when other people make him suffer	1	It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “he suffers because he believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1575	33:7	excn			falls away	1	This could mean ‘no longer follows God or obeys him’ or ‘stops following or obeying God.’
1576	33:8	fy7n			General Information	1	Jesus continues to explain the story.
1577	33:8	gju8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The thorny ground is a person who hears God’s word	1	The thorny ground represents the person who hears God’s word, but then ignores it. Alternate translation: “The thorny ground is like the person who hears God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1578	33:8	rjvv			The thorny ground	1	See how you translated this term in 33:04.
1579	33:8	hquv			is a person	1	See how you translated this comparison in 33:06.
1580	33:8	hkcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	He is like wheat stalks	1	Jesus speaks of the person as if he is like stalks of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1581	33:8	snd9			do not produce any grain	1	This could mean ‘do not produce spiritual fruit’ or ‘do not behave in a way that shows God’s Spirit is working in him.’
1582	33:8	l95z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	grain	1	Jesus speaks of a person’s good works as if they were grain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1583	33:9	w01v			General Information	1	Jesus continues to explain the story.
1584	33:9	affc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the seed in the good soil is a person who hears the word of God, believes it, and produces fruit	1	The seed in the good soil represents the person who hears and believes God’s word, and produces fruit as a result. Alternate translation: “The seed in the good soil is like the person who hears and understand God’s message, and then produces fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1585	33:9	iein			the good soil	1	See how you translated this term in 33:05.
1586	33:9	kpme			is a person	1	See how you translated this comparison in 33:06.
1587	33:9	rn5x			produces fruit	1	This could mean ‘produces spiritual fruit’ or ‘behaves in a way that shows God’s Spirit is working in him.’
1588	33:9	ql63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	fruit	1	Jesus speaks of a person’s good works as if they were fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1589	33:9	kcid			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1590	34:0	e7o3	title		Jesus Teaches Other Stories	1	This title can also be translated as: “About other stories that Jesus taught” or “What other stories did Jesus teach?”
1591	34:1	sb1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	stories	1	Jesus used these stories as parables to teach truths about God’s kingdom. It is not clear if the events actually happened or not. If your language has a term that includes both fictional and real stories, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1592	34:1	higf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed	1	This simile speaks of the kingdom of God as if it were a mustard seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1593	34:1	klsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the mustard seed is the smallest seed of all	1	Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1594	34:1	g96q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a mustard seed	1	This probably refers to the seed of the black mustard plant, which has tiny seeds that rapidly grow into very large plants. If there is a word for this plant in your language, you should use it. If not, you may need to substitute the name of another plant which has the same characteristics. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1595	34:1	ukaj			the smallest seed of all	1	That means the smallest of all the seeds that people plant.
1596	34:2	n3eb			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1597	34:2	lw0c			the mustard seed	1	See how you translated this term in 34:01.
1598	34:2	i0zu			grows	1	You may want to add: “into a mature plant.”
1599	34:2	bd4g			the garden plants	1	This can also be translated as: “the plants that would be planted in a garden.”
1600	34:2	d22d			rest in	1	This may also be translated as: “sit on” or “perch on.”
1601	34:3	i9dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	story	1	The story is in the form of a parable. See how you translated story in 34:01. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1602	34:3	kint		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The kingdom of God is like yeast	1	The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were yeast that is mixed into dough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1603	34:3	z84k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	yeast	1	This can also be translated as: “leaven” or “the little bit of leaven.” It is added to bread dough to make it rise. A little bit of yeast mixed into a large amount of dough makes the whole batch of dough rise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1604	34:3	j8qh			bread dough	1	This is a mixture of flour and liquid that can be shaped and baked into bread. If you do not have words for dough or flour, you can borrow a word for flour or call it ‘ground-up grain.’
1605	34:3	olka			it spreads throughout the dough	1	This could mean ‘every part of the dough has yeast in it’ or ‘the yeast grows throughout all the dough.’
1606	34:4	yeho			General Information	1	Jesus told another story.
1607	34:4	vbog		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The kingdom of God is also like treasure	1	The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were a hidden treasure in a field. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1608	34:4	tfv1			treasure	1	This means something that is very valuable.
1609	34:4	a9xz			buried it again	1	It is also possible to add: “so that no one else would find it.”
1610	34:4	v0ek			filled with joy	1	Other ways to say this are: “very happy” or “excited.”
1611	34:4	wqvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	so he could buy that field where the treasure was	1	The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. This can be clearly stated: “so he could buy that field to make the treasure his own.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1612	34:5	fuij			General Information	1	Jesus continues with another story about the kingdom of God.
1613	34:5	pke5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The kingdom of God is also like a perfect pearl of great value	1	The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were a perfect pearl that was worth a lot of money. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1614	34:5	h206			a perfect pearl	1	This means ‘a pearl without any defects.’
1615	34:5	jrxk			a pearl	1	If pearls are unknown, this can be translated as: “a beautiful stone” or “a beautiful stone-like thing.”
1616	34:5	wztw			of great value	1	This could mean ‘that was very valuable’ or ‘that was worth a lot of money.’
1617	34:5	q8lj			a pearl merchant	1	This could mean ‘a pearl dealer’ or ‘a pearl trader.’ This refers to a person whose business is buying and selling pearls.
1618	34:6	pr8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	Jesus told them this story	1	Jesus told this story in the form of a parable. It may or may not refer to an event that actually happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1619	34:6	p83e			story	1	See how you translated this term in 34:01.
1620	34:6	zvoa			despised others	1	This could mean ‘considered other people to be inferior to them’ or ‘looked down on other people.’
1621	34:6	i35q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	a tax collector & a religious leader	1	Religious leaders thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1622	34:7	rvnz			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1623	34:7	n2cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector over there.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The religious leader prayed and thanked God that he was not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like the tax collector.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1624	34:7	phgz			The religious leader prayed like this	1	Other ways to say this are: “This is how the religious leader prayed” or “The religious leader prayed in this way.”
1625	34:7	on5e			I am not a sinner like	1	This could mean ‘I am not sinful like’ or ‘I am righteous, not like.’
1626	34:7	k1s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector	1	The Pharisees believed that tax collectors were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. This could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1627	34:7	zn36			unjust men	1	This could mean ‘men who are not righteous’ or ‘people who do evil things’ or ‘law breakers.’
1628	34:8	isnw			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell of the religious leader’s prayer.
1629	34:8	kl1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	‘For example, I fast two times every week and I give you ten percent of all the money and goods that I receive.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “‘The religious leader said he fasted fast two times every week and gave God ten percent of all the money and goods that he received.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1630	34:8	kvvk			I fast	1	The religious ruler believed that doing this would earn favor with God.
1631	34:8	paqc			ten percent	1	This means one-tenth.
1632	34:9	svw7			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1633	34:9	l8kf			stood far away	1	This can also be translated as: “stood at a distance” or “stayed separate.”
1634	34:9	qosx			did not even look up to heaven	1	The word up indicates that people normally looked up to heaven when praying to God, but that this man did not because he was so ashamed of his sin.
1635	34:9	ccf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	he pounded on his chest with his fist	1	This could also be translated as: “because of his grief, he hit his chest with his fist” or “he pounded his chest in sorrow.” If people would find this hard to understand because they beat their chest for other reasons, you could translate this as: “he showed his despair.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1636	34:9	xgfo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and prayed and begged God to be merciful to him because he was a sinner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1637	34:10	crun			declared him to be righteous	1	This could mean ‘considered him to be a righteous person.’ Even though the tax collector was a sinner, God was merciful to him because of his humility and repentance.
1638	34:10	zibl			will dishonor	1	This could also be translated as: “will give a lower status to” or “will cause to not be important.” It could be translated figuratively as: “will bring down.”
1639	34:10	dzwa			will honor	1	This could mean ‘will give a higher position to.’
1640	34:10	prwr			humbles himself	1	This could mean ‘chooses to behave in a humble way’ or ‘has a humble attitude about himself.’
1641	34:10	hg0f			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1642	35:0	mi21	title		The Story of the Compassionate Father	1	This title can also be translated as: “About a father who had compassion on his son” or “What happened when a father had compassion on his son?”
1643	35:1	krov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1644	35:1	vlnv			tax collectors	1	Tax collectors were considered to be the worst of sinners because often they stole money from people by collecting a higher tax than the government required and keeping the difference for themselves.
1645	35:2	f28j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	story	1	Jesus used this story to teach truths about God’s kingdom. It is not clear if the events actually happened or not. If your language has a term that includes both fictional and real stories, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1646	35:3	itd4			General Information	1	Jesus tells the story.
1647	35:3	rsib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	There was a man	1	This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1648	35:3	w453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	told his father, ‘Father, I want my inheritance now!’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “told his father that he wanted his inheritance right away!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1649	35:3	fc8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	I want my inheritance now!	1	The son said this to emphasize that he was not willing to wait until after his father died in order to receive his inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1650	35:3	tso9			my inheritance	1	This could be translated as: “the part of your wealth that will be rightfully mine when you die.”
1651	35:3	z285			property	1	This could mean ‘wealth’ or ‘possessions.’ This property would probably have included land, animals, and money.
1652	35:4	rjsn			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1653	35:4	hydp			wasted his money	1	This could mean ‘spent all his money without getting anything of value in exchange.’ In some languages it can be translated as: “threw his money away” or “ate all his money.”
1654	35:4	qesc			sinful living	1	This could mean ‘doing sinful things.’
1655	35:5	q7w6			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1656	35:5	s4cq			a severe famine occurred	1	This could mean ‘there was very little food.’ In some languages this might be translated as: “there was a severe famine.”
1657	35:5	mwr3			no money to buy food	1	Because of the famine, food was very expensive, and he had already spent all of his money.
1658	35:5	cgue			job	1	This refers to work that he would do for someone else in exchange for money. If this is not clear, this sentence could start with: “So in order to earn some money, he took the only job.”
1659	35:5	ta0t			feeding pigs	1	This could mean ‘giving food to pigs.’ This would have been considered as one of the lowest jobs in society at this time. If your language has a certain word for low status jobs, use that word.
1660	35:6	j0j3			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1661	35:6	fhb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	said to himself, ‘What am I doing? All my father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet here I am starving. I will go back to my father and ask to be one of his servants.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “asked himself what he was doing! All his father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet he was there starving. He decided to go back to his father and ask to be one of his father’s servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1662	35:6	nykr			What am I doing?	1	The son isn’t really asking a question, so some languages will have to translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why am I living like this?” or “I should not be living like this!” or “It doesn’t make sense for me to live like this.”
1663	35:7	b20j			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1664	35:7	axlx			still far away	1	This can also be translated as: “within sight of his father’s home, but still a distance away.” The son was getting close to his father’s house but was still far enough away that most people in the house would not have seen him. Make sure it does not sound like he was still in a different country.
1665	35:7	wipt			felt compassion	1	This could mean ‘felt deep love and pity.’
1666	35:7	ei7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	hugged him and kissed him	1	The father did this to show his son that he loved him and was glad that the son was coming home. If people think that it is strange or wrong for a man to embrace or hug and kiss his son, you can substitute a way that men in your culture show affection to their sons. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1667	35:8	j8us			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1668	35:8	dv54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	said, ‘Father, I have sinned against God and against you. I am not worthy to be your son.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “told his father that he had sinned against God and against his father, and was not worthy to be his son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1669	35:8	bqxv			sinned against God and against you	1	This could be translated as: “sinned against God, and I have also sinned against you.”
1670	35:8	lfr0			I am not worthy	1	It is also possible to say: “So I am not worthy” or “As a result, I am not worthy.”
1671	35:9	rpvp			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1672	35:9	rys5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	servants, ‘Go quickly and bring the best clothes and put them on my son! Put a ring on his finger and put sandals on his feet. Then kill the best calf so we can have a feast and celebrate, because my son was dead, but now he is alive! He was lost, but now we have found him!’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “servants to go quickly and bring the best clothes and put them on his son, and to put a ring on his finger and put sandals on his feet! He also told him to kill the best calf so they could have a feast and celebrate, because his son was dead, but now he is alive! He was lost, but now he had found him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1673	35:9	ermm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	Put a ring on his finger	1	A ring was a sign of authority that men wore on one of their fingers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1674	35:9	dm31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	put sandals on his feet	1	Wealthy people of that time wore sandals. However, in many cultures the modern equivalent would be ‘shoes.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1675	35:9	a9yh			the best calf	1	This could also be translated as: “the fattest calf.” This was the calf that had been fattened so that, when cooked, it would taste the best.
1676	35:9	r8yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	my son was dead, but now he is alive!	1	This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. This could mean ‘This is like my son was dead and is alive again!’ or ‘I grieved as if my son had died, but now I rejoice because it is as if he has come back to life!’ The father is using this expression to show how happy he is that his son has come home. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1677	35:9	ohoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	He was lost, but now we have found him!	1	This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. This could mean ‘This is like my son was lost and I have found him again!’ or ‘I grieved as if my son were lost, but now I rejoice because it is as if I have found him again!’ The father is using this expression to show how happy he is that his son has come home. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1678	35:10	hpsa			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1679	35:10	vebc			Before long	1	This can also be translated as: “Soon” or “After a little while.”
1680	35:11	ksi6			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1681	35:12	vwjq			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1682	35:12	dbre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	All these years I have worked faithfully for you!	1	The son said this to his father to emphasize that he thought his father was treating him unfairly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1683	35:12	p8q1			one small goat	1	A small goat would have fed fewer people than the best calf, and would not be valued as much. The older brother is complaining that his father was treating the sinful younger son better than him.
1684	35:12	b1h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	this son of yours	1	This expression shows that the older son was angry. It shows his rejection of his younger brother and his disapproval of his father for welcoming back this wayward son. Other languages may also have an indirect way of communicating these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1685	35:12	e2k0			wasted your money	1	This could mean ‘squandered the money that you gave him’ or ‘devoured your wealth.’ If possible, use an expression that shows the brother’s anger.
1686	35:12	u8gb			killed the best calf	1	This could mean ‘killed the best calf to eat at a feast.’
1687	35:13	pq7n			General Information	1	Jesus continues the story.
1688	35:13	es8g			it is right for us	1	This could mean ‘it is the right thing for us to do’ or ‘it is proper for us.’
1689	35:13	wbhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	your brother	1	The father refers to his younger son as your brother to remind the older son of his relationship to the younger son and of how he should love his younger brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1690	35:13	f919		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	was dead, but now is alive	1	See how you translated this in 35:09. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1691	35:13	w5z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	He was lost, but now we have found him!	1	See how you translated this in 35:09. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1692	35:13	t78d			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1693	36:0	wosa	title		The Transfiguration	1	This title can also be translated as: “About when the disciples saw Jesus change before them” or “What happened when the disciples saw Jesus change before them?”
1694	36:1	k18c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1695	36:1	nxha			James	1	This is a different James than the one who wrote the Book of James in the Bible. To make this clear, some languages may need to use two slightly different names or to spell them differently.
1696	36:2	vjum		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	his face became as bright as the sun	1	This simile emphasizes how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1697	36:2	jg8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	His clothes became as white as light	1	This simile emphasizes how white Jesus’ clothes became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1698	36:2	y69r			whiter	1	This could mean ‘more white.’
1699	36:3	ou8k			appeared	1	It is also possible to say: “appeared out of nowhere.” They suddenly were there.
1700	36:3	qg96			in Jerusalem	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “in the city of Jerusalem.”
1701	36:4	axp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	It is good for us to be here	1	It is not clear whether us refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1702	36:4	cls1			shelters	1	This can also be translated as: “lean-tos” or “garden huts” or “tents.” It refers to small, individual, temporary shelters like the Jews made from tree branches during an annual Jewish holiday.
1703	36:4	dwj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	did not know what he was saying	1	This could mean ‘was speaking without understanding what was happening’ or ‘spoke without thinking clearly because he was so excited.’ This is background information about why Peter said what he did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1704	36:5	fzan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	a voice coming from the cloud. It said	1	Here a voice is a metonym that refers to someone who spoke. This can also be translated as: “a voice spoke from the cloud saying” or “God spoke from the cloud and said.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1705	36:5	bz8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	my Son	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1706	36:5	w0lx			Listen to him	1	This could be translated as: “He is the one you must listen to.”
1707	36:5	mjlo			terrified	1	This could mean ‘extremely scared.’
1708	36:5	kdvc			fell on the ground	1	This could mean ‘quickly bowed to the ground’ or ‘immediately got down on the ground.’ Make sure the translation of fell does not sound like an accident. They probably did this intentionally out of awe and fear.
1709	36:6	wh9d			touched them	1	This could mean ‘put his hand on them.’ Some languages may prefer to specify where he touched them. If so, this could be translated as: “he touched them on the shoulder” or “he put his hand on each one’s shoulder.”
1710	36:6	qtrd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said, “Do not be afraid. Get up.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told them not to be afraid, and to get up.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1711	36:6	zpqz			Do not be afraid	1	This could also be translated as: “Stop being afraid.”
1712	36:6	jcjb			Get up	1	This could also be translated as: “Stand up” or “Please get up.” Make sure that it sounds like Jesus spoke this with kindness.
1713	36:6	kotk			the only one still there was Jesus	1	It is also possible to add: “Moses and Elijah had left.”
1714	36:7	dy9y			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1715	37:0	s94v	title		Jesus Raises Lazarus from the Dead	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus made Lazarus alive again” or “How did Jesus make Lazarus alive again?”
1716	37:1	m2lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	There was a man named Lazarus. He had two sisters named Mary and Martha. They were all close friends of Jesus.	1	This introduces Lazarus and his sisters as new characters in the story, and also provides background information about their relationship to Jesus. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-background]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1717	37:1	nw8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1718	37:1	hlou			Mary	1	Jesus’ mother was also named Mary. This was a different woman.
1719	37:1	juwe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	This sickness will not end with Lazarus dying	1	This can also be translated as: “The final result of this sickness will not be the death of Lazarus” or “Lazarus is sick, but death is not the final result of this sickness.” Jesus’ disciples probably thought this meant that Lazarus would not die. But Jesus knew that, although Lazarus would die from his sickness, he would live in the end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1720	37:2	p2cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Jesus loved his friends	1	This is background information about Jesus’ relationship to Lazarus and his sisters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1721	37:2	q8nw			but he waited where he was for two days	1	This could be translated as: “but he stayed where he was for two days, even though they wanted him to go and heal Lazarus.”
1722	37:2	pas7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	just a short time ago the people there wanted to kill you!	1	The disciples said this to emphasize the great danger Jesus faced if he went to Judea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1723	37:2	kt3l			Judea	1	This refers to the southern section of Israel, which was settled by the tribe of Judah. Some languages will prefer to say: “the region of Judea.”
1724	37:2	q9r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	has fallen asleep	1	This is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. Translate this phrase with the normal word for asleep in your language. Although Jesus was using this word with a different meaning, the disciples did not understand that yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1725	37:2	wmdu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I must wake him	1	Here wake is an idiom that means Jesus would make Lazarus alive again. Translate this phrase with the normal word for wake in your language. Although Jesus was using this word with a different meaning, the disciples did not understand that yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1726	37:3	t37f			he will get better	1	The disciples intended this in the sense of: ‘there is no reason for us to go to him now, since he will get well.’
1727	37:3	j4bz			I am glad	1	This could be translated as: “I am happy” or “It is good that.” It does not mean he was happy that Lazarus died, but rather that he was happy that God was going to show how great he is.
1728	37:4	ynbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	When Jesus arrived at Lazarus’ hometown, Lazarus had already been dead for four days	1	This is background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1729	37:4	ryph			Martha	1	Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: 37:01).
1730	37:4	xr5g			went out to meet Jesus	1	This could mean ‘went to meet Jesus as he was coming into the town.’
1731	37:4	s2vm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	if only you had been here, my brother would not have died	1	Martha is stating a hypothetical situation—what could have happened if Jesus had not waited for Lazarus to die before he came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1732	37:4	go22			my brother would not have died	1	This could mean ‘you would have healed my brother and he would not have died’ or ‘you could have prevented my brother from dying.’
1733	37:4	pdp6			will give you whatever you ask from him	1	This could mean ‘will do whatever you ask him to do.’
1734	37:5	wawg			I am the Resurrection and the Life	1	This is one of several very powerful **I am **statements in which Jesus says something about his essential nature. In this one, Jesus indicates that he is the provider or source of resurrection and life. If possible, translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is his essential nature. This can also be translated as: “I am the one who resurrects people and causes them to live.”
1735	37:5	b0k4			will live, even though he dies.	1	This could mean ‘will live forever, even though he dies.’ The English word, he does not only refer to men. Women who believe in Jesus will also live forever.
1736	37:5	e7h2			will never die	1	This can also be translated as: “will live forever.”
1737	37:5	dap8			Martha	1	Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: 37:01).
1738	37:5	aaja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1739	37:6	azc4			Mary	1	This was the same woman as in 37:01, not the mother of Jesus.
1740	37:6	la9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	fell at the feet of Jesus	1	This could mean ‘knelt down at Jesus’ feet’ as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1741	37:6	gpn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	if only you had been here, my brother would not have died	1	Mary is stating a hypothetical situation—what could have happened if Jesus had not waited for Lazarus to die before he came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1742	37:6	do88			my brother would not have died	1	This could mean ‘you could have kept my brother from dying’ or ‘you could have prevented my brother’s death’ or ‘my brother would still be alive.’
1743	37:7	q346		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	The tomb was a cave with a stone rolled in front of its opening	1	This is background information about the tomb where they had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1744	37:7	cp1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	he told them, “Roll the stone away.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “he told them to roll the stone away.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1745	37:7	gec9			he told them	1	This could mean ‘he told the men there.’ He was probably not telling Mary and Martha to roll the stone away.
1746	37:7	o8cm			Roll the stone away	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “Roll the stone away from the opening of the tomb.”
1747	37:7	hboq			Martha	1	Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: 37:01).
1748	37:7	yo6j			He has been dead for four days	1	This could also be translated as: “He died four days ago and his body is lying there.”
1749	37:8	ag9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Did I not tell you that you would see God’s power if you believe in me?	1	This could mean ‘Remember that I told you that you would see God’s power if you believe in me.’ Jesus is not asking this question in order to get an answer, so some languages should translate this as a command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1750	37:8	c7he			see God’s power	1	This could mean ‘see the power of God displayed’ or ‘see God show how powerful he is.’
1751	37:8	k7xb			rolled the stone away	1	Some languages should say: “rolled the stone away from the opening of the tomb.”
1752	37:9	f51d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Father	1	This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1753	37:9	j6q1			hearing me	1	This could mean ‘listening to me.’ It may be helpful to add: “as I pray to you” or “when I talk to you.”
1754	37:9	srog		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Lazarus, come out!	1	Jesus used this exclamation as a strong command to Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1755	37:9	canv			come out	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “come out of the tomb.”
1756	37:10	n4mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Lazarus came out!	1	This exclamation emphasizes the shocking fact that Lazarus, who had been dead, walked out of the tomb. Some languages should say: “Lazarus came out of the tomb!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1757	37:10	qo22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	He was still wrapped in grave clothes	1	This background information about Lazarus wearing grave clothes makes clear that Lazarus went directly from being dead to walking out of the tomb at Jesus’ command. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-background]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1758	37:10	jzps			grave clothes	1	This could mean ‘burial clothes.’ This can also be translated as: “burial bandages” or “strips of cloth.”
1759	37:10	elhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle	1	This sentence tells us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1760	37:10	gczy			because of this miracle	1	This could mean ‘because God had done this amazing miracle’ or ‘because Jesus had made Lazarus come alive again.’
1761	37:11	u4lv			envied	1	This could mean ‘were envious of Jesus’ power and popularity’ or ‘envious that so many Jews were believing in Jesus.’
1762	37:11	xgd2			gathered together	1	This could mean ‘met together’ or ‘joined together.’ This was a not a casual meeting, but a meeting for a specific purpose–to plan how to kill Jesus.
1763	37:11	lubz			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1764	38:0	pzee	title		Jesus Is Betrayed	1	This title can also be translated as: “About when Judas betrayed Jesus” or “How did Judas betray Jesus?”
1765	38:1	odl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Every year, the Jews celebrated the Passover. This was a celebration of how God had saved their ancestors from slavery in Egypt many centuries earlier.	1	This is background information about the Jewish Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1766	38:1	l9wg			many centuries earlier	1	This could mean ‘hundreds of years earlier’ or ‘a very long time before.’
1767	38:1	bbwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there.	1	This is background information about why Jesus was in Jerusalem in the Passover, and what would happen to him there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1768	38:2	ysl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	One of Jesus’ disciples was a man named Judas. Judas was in charge of the apostles’ moneybag, but he often stole money out of the bag. After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders. He offered to betray Jesus by identifying him to the authorities in exchange for money. He knew that the Jewish leaders did not accept that Jesus was the Messiah. He knew that they wanted to kill him.	1	This is background information about Judas and his arrangement to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1769	38:2	s65y			in charge of the apostles’ moneybag	1	This could mean ‘responsible to hold the apostles’ money’ or ‘responsible to hold the bag that had the disciples’ money in it and to distribute funds from it.’
1770	38:3	ni70		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas 30 silver coins to betray Jesus by handing him over to them. This happened just as the prophets said it would. Judas agreed, took the money, and went away. He began looking for an opportunity to help them arrest Jesus.	1	This is background information about the money Judas received to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1771	38:3	dvsn			30 silver coins	1	Each of these coins were worth about four days’ wages.
1772	38:4	ngb3			celebrated	1	This could mean ‘was celebrating.’
1773	38:4	i5p5			took some bread	1	This could be translated as: “picked up a piece of bread” or “picked up a flat loaf of bread.”
1774	38:4	wel0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	broke it	1	This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” or “ripped it” or “tore it.” He may have divided it into many pieces or he may have divided it into two pieces and given them to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression that would apply to either situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1775	38:4	aieh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	This is my body	1	Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. Possible meanings are 1. “This bread is my body” and 2. “This bread represents my body.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1776	38:4	euwd			Do this to remember me	1	This could mean ‘Do this as a way to remind yourselves of what I am doing for you.’ Jesus was referring to his death, which would happen soon.
1777	38:5	fwjx			Drink this	1	This could mean ‘Drink what is in this cup’ or ‘Drink from this cup.’ The drink in the cup was made from grapes so that it had a deep red color.
1778	38:5	jv1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	It is my blood	1	Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1779	38:5	wjkk			blood of the New Covenant	1	This could be translated as: “blood that makes the New Covenant possible” or “blood that is the basis for the New Covenant.”
1780	38:5	tino			I will pour out	1	This could be translated as: “I will bleed out.”
1781	38:5	bk4o			remember me	1	This could mean ‘celebrate me’ or ‘commemorate me.’ It could also be translated as: “especially focus on me” or “remind you of me.”
1782	38:6	q31l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said to the disciples, “One of you will betray me.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told his disciples that one of them would betray him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1783	38:6	d1u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said, “The person to whom I give this piece of bread is the betrayer.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “said that the person to whom he would give the piece of bread was the betrayer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1784	38:6	zsab			give this piece of bread	1	This could mean ‘hand this piece of bread.’
1785	38:6	dvam			is the betrayer	1	This could also be translated as: “will betray me” or “is the one who will betray me.”
1786	38:7	jawu			Satan entered into him.	1	This could mean ‘Satan went into him’ or ‘Satan took control of him.’
1787	38:7	qgn2			Judas left and went	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “Judas left the meal and went” or “Judas left the room and went outside.”
1788	38:8	w29t			Mount of Olives	1	This is the name of a hill covered with olive trees, just outside the walls of the city of Jerusalem. It can also be translated as: “Olive Tree Hill.”
1789	38:8	kxoz			abandon me	1	This could mean ‘desert me’ or ‘leave me.’
1790	38:8	l9qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	It is written	1	This could mean ‘It is written in God’s word’ or ‘It is written in the scriptures’ or ‘One of God’s prophets wrote.’ It is also possible to say: “What is written will happen” or “It will be like what is written.” This prophecy refers to Jesus’ death and his followers' desertion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1791	38:8	uzsg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	I will strike	1	This could mean ‘I will kill.’ Here I refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1792	38:8	f8ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the shepherd and all the sheep	1	Do not use Jesus’ name in this quote because the prophet who first wrote it would not have known the shepherd’s name. Also, do not refer to the sheep being the disciples. It is best to use words that mean shepherd and sheep in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1793	38:8	d0j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	all the sheep will be scattered	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1794	38:9	a4vl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	replied, “Even if all the others abandon you, I will not!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “replied that even if all the others abandoned Jesus, he would not!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1795	38:9	w4cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Even if all the others abandon you, I will not!	1	Peter said this to emphasize that he would never abandon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1796	38:9	vqgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	Even if all the others abandon you	1	Peter is stating a hypothetical situation—the other disciples might abandon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1797	38:9	wqn2			abandon you	1	Check to see how you translated this in 38:08.
1798	38:9	fwqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	I will not	1	This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: replied, “Even if all the others abandon you, I will not abandon you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1799	38:9	jupm			to have all of you	1	This could mean ‘to completely control you’ or ‘to get you to serve him completely.’ The word you is plural in this phrase. All of the words you and your that follow are singular.
1800	38:9	ljun			that your faith will not fail	1	This could mean ‘that you will not stop believing in me.’
1801	38:9	apdq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	before the rooster crows	1	Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word rooster in the translation. Alternate translation: “Before the rooster crows at dawn tomorrow” or “before the rooster crows tomorrow morning.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1802	38:10	vahc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said to Jesus, “Even if I must die, I will never deny you!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “said to Jesus that even if he had to die, he would never deny Jesus!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1803	38:10	caiu			deny you	1	This could mean ‘deny that I know you’ or ‘deny that I am your disciple’ or ‘disown you.’
1804	38:11	qfnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1805	38:11	un6j			a place called Gethsemane	1	This could be translated as: “a nearby place called Gethsemane” or “a place called Gethsemane at the foot of the Mount of Olives.”
1806	38:11	xlgo			they would not enter into temptation	1	This could be translated as: “they would not be tempted” or “Satan would not tempt them.”
1807	38:11	ko9n			by himself	1	This could be translated as: “alone.”
1808	38:12	sqzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	My Father	1	This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1809	38:12	o8yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	if it is possible	1	This means ‘if God would allow it to happen.’ Alternate translation: “if you will allow it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1810	38:12	zhjo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	drink this cup of suffering	1	Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. Alternate translation: “go through this suffering” or “suffer what is about to happen” or “endure this suffering.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1811	38:12	siud			let your will be done	1	This expression means ‘do what you have planned’ or ‘do what needs to be done.’
1812	38:13	r9oz			After each time of prayer	1	This could mean ‘Every time Jesus prayed that prayer.’ This refers to the three times he prayed, as mentioned in 38:12.
1813	38:13	kl4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	said, “Wake up! My betrayer is here.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told them to wake up, for his betrayer was there!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1814	38:14	q9cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Judas came with the Jewish leaders, soldiers, and a large crowd. They were carrying swords and clubs	1	This is background information about the people who came with Judas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1815	38:14	jfqa			came to	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “went to.”
1816	38:14	uz7u			Greetings	1	This can also be translated as: “Hello” or “Peace” or “Good evening.”
1817	38:14	xr4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	kissed him	1	Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1818	38:14	dkvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	are you betraying me with a kiss?	1	This could mean ‘are you really going to betray me with a kiss?’ Jesus is not looking for an answer to this question, so some languages would translate it as a statement, such as: “you are betraying me by kissing me!” or “you make your betrayal even worse by kissing me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1819	38:15	o35a			pulled out his sword	1	This could mean ‘pulled out his sword from the place where he was carrying it.’
1820	38:15	fixn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Father & my Father	1	This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1821	38:15	bjy5			I must obey my Father	1	This could mean ‘I won’t do that because I must obey my Father’s will and allow myself to be arrested.’
1822	38:15	uwjn			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1823	39:0	pqwq	title		Jesus Is Put on Trial	1	This title can also be translated as: “About when the Jews judged Jesus” or “What happened when the Jews judged Jesus?”
1824	39:1	gnzp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	It was now the middle of the night	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1825	39:1	ijbv			the middle of the night	1	This expression means ‘halfway through the night’ or ‘very late at night.’
1826	39:1	vgsq			to question Jesus	1	This could mean ‘to ask Jesus questions to try to find something they could accuse Jesus of doing wrong.’
1827	39:2	er8g			put Jesus on trial	1	This could be translated as: “had a formal meeting to accuse Jesus of doing something wrong.” Usually a trial is held to find out if someone is innocent or guilty of a certain crime. In this case, the leaders were determined to have Jesus found guilty.
1828	39:2	n2nr			lied about him	1	This could mean ‘told lies about him’ or ‘falsely accused him of doing something wrong.’
1829	39:2	rlg5			their statements did not agree with each other	1	This could be translated as: “they said things about Jesus that were very different from each other” or “the witnesses said things about Jesus that contradicted each other.”
1830	39:2	w4j3			he was guilty of anything	1	This could mean ‘that he had done anything wrong.’
1831	39:3	h1pp			Finally	1	This could mean ‘After they were unable to find any evidence against him’ or ‘After they were unable to prove that he was guilty.’
1832	39:3	ky9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of the living God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1833	39:4	gtb6			I am	1	This could mean ‘I am as you said’ or ‘I am the Messiah and the Son of God.’ I am is also the name of God (See: 09:14). By saying simply I am, Jesus was also saying that he is God. If possible, translate this so that people will see a similarity between Jesus’ answer and the name of God.
1834	39:4	asdn			seated with God	1	This could be translated as: “reigning with God.” Because God is the ruler over all, people talk about him as sitting on a throne in heaven. By saying that he would be seated with God, Jesus claimed that he had authority to rule with the Father.
1835	39:4	quw7			seated with God and coming from heaven	1	This could be translated as: “sitting beside God and then coming from heaven.”
1836	39:4	o94e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	tore his clothes because he was angry	1	The Jews would tear their clothes to show grief or anger. If tearing the clothes means something else in your language, you may want to substitute a phrase such as “he was extremely angry.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1837	39:4	mc4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	We do not need any more witnesses to tell us what this man has done!	1	The high priest said this to emphasize the he thought they had already proved that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1838	39:4	pmyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	You yourselves	1	These pronouns are plural, and refer to all the members of the council. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1839	39:4	bfw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1840	39:4	cvtm			What is your decision about him?	1	This could mean ‘Tell us what have you decided: Is he innocent or guilty?’ The chief priest wanted the religious leaders to condemn Jesus for claiming to be equal with God.
1841	39:5	k8lg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	He deserves to die!	1	The Jewish leaders said this to emphasize how angry they were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1842	39:5	ontw			they blindfolded Jesus	1	You could translate this as: “they covered Jesus’ eyes so that he could not see.”
1843	39:5	l65x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	spit on him	1	This could also be translated as: “spit on him to insult him” or “spit on him in order to say that he was worthless.” This was a way of showing contempt for someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1844	39:6	xzyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	You also were with Jesus!	1	The servant girl said this to accuse Peter of being a criminal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1845	39:6	lkuh			denied it	1	This can be translated as: “said that it was not true” or “said that he was not with Jesus” or “said, ‘No. That is not true.’”
1846	39:6	rtyg			Peter denied it again	1	This could be translated as: “Peter denied knowing Jesus a second time” or “again Peter said he had not been with Jesus.”
1847	39:6	ay4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	We know that you were with Jesus because you both are from Galilee	1	The servant girl could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1848	39:6	ki1l			are from Galilee	1	This could also be translated as: “are Galileans.” The people could tell from the way Jesus and Peter talked that they came from the region of Galilee.
1849	39:7	y0nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	May God curse me if I know this man!	1	This is a curse that means ‘May God cause harm to me if what you say is true!’ or ‘May God punish me if I am lying to you!’ In this way Peter was saying very strongly that he did not know Jesus. He also referred to Jesus as this man to make it sound like he did not know him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1850	39:7	vjhz			a rooster crowed	1	Crowed is the loud sound that a rooster makes. Compare how you translated this in 38:09.
1851	39:8	hli9			cried bitterly	1	This could mean ‘cried, feeling deep sorrow’ or ‘cried, feeling deep regret.’
1852	39:8	hfu0			the one who had betrayed Jesus	1	This could mean ‘who had helped the leaders arrest Jesus.’
1853	39:8	jjb9			had condemned Jesus to die	1	This could mean ‘had said that Jesus was guilty and must die.’
1854	39:9	su24			He worked for Rome	1	The Roman government had appointed Pilate to govern the region of Judea in Israel.
1855	39:9	fmzz			condemn Jesus and kill him	1	As governor, Pilate had the authority to condemn Jesus to death and to give approval for his crucifixion, or he could set him free. The Jewish religious leaders did not have the authority to have someone killed.
1856	39:9	l9t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	asked Jesus, “Are you the king of the Jews?”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “asked Jesus if he was the king of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1857	39:10	jsmv			my kingdom is not here on earth	1	This could mean ‘my kingdom is not like earthly kingdoms.’
1858	39:10	tmr3			my servants would fight for me	1	This could mean ‘my disciples would fight to protect me’ so that I could establish my kingdom.
1859	39:10	bdr9			listens to me	1	This could be translated as: “hears my teaching and obeys me.” It includes not just hearing Jesus’ words, but also doing what he says.
1860	39:10	rlmv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	What is truth?	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “Can anyone know what is true?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1861	39:11	b2dj			He is not guilty	1	This could mean ‘He has done nothing wrong!’
1862	39:12	gq3c			begin to riot	1	This could mean ‘start doing violent things in their anger.’
1863	39:12	rthe			he agreed to have	1	Pilate did not want to kill Jesus because he believed that Jesus was innocent. But he was forced to tell his soldiers to crucify Jesus because of his fear of the crowd. If possible, translate this phrase in a way that shows his reluctance.
1864	39:12	hpa8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him	1	They put the robe and crown on Jesus to mock him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1865	39:12	kvnh			a royal robe	1	This could mean ‘a robe like a king’s robe.’ This robe had a bright color, so it looked like the kind of robe that a king would wear.
1866	39:12	fg0e			a crown made of thorns	1	This could mean ‘a ring woven from thorns.’ A king would wear a crown of gold.
1867	39:12	a1ep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	Look, the King of the Jews!	1	They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus “King of the Jews,” but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1868	39:12	dxyg			Look	1	This could mean ‘Look at’ or ‘Here is.’
1869	39:12	dx8y			the King of the Jews	1	Since the soldiers were mocking Jesus, this could be translated as: “the so-called King of the Jews.”
1870	39:12	jsvt			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1871	40:0	x435	title		Jesus Is Crucified	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus died on a cross” or “What happened when Jesus died on a cross?”
1872	40:1	h3mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1873	40:1	tfdz			led him away	1	This could mean ‘forced him to go with them.’ This could also be translated as: “took him away.”
1874	40:1	vuuq			to crucify him	1	This could mean ‘to kill him on a cross.’
1875	40:2	wz0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	a place called ‘the Skull’	1	This can be stated in active form: “a place that people called ‘the Skull’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1876	40:2	bd3p			the Skull	1	This is a small escarpment near Jerusalem with a rocky, white face which looks somewhat like a skull.
1877	40:2	u71m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Father	1	This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1878	40:2	iwe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	forgive them, because they do not know what they are doing	1	This could mean ‘they do not understand the meaning of what they are doing, so please forgive them.’ The soldiers thought Jesus was only a criminal who deserved to die. They did not understand that he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “for they do not really know whom they are crucifying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1879	40:3	ywr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the soldiers gambled for Jesus’ clothing	1	This could mean ‘played a game of chance to win Jesus’ clothes.’ We do not know how they did this, but in some cultures it could be translated as: “tossed stones on the ground to win Jesus’ clothing” or “chose sticks to decide who could take Jesus’ clothes.” The winner received his clothing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1880	40:3	coqe			they fulfilled a prophecy that said	1	This could mean ‘they did what the scriptures had long ago predicted would happen to the Messiah’ or ‘they did what a prophet wrote long ago.’
1881	40:4	agw5			two robbers	1	This could also be translated as: “two bandits.” This refers to criminals who used force or violence to steal things.
1882	40:4	ql8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Do you not fear that God will punish you?	1	The robber does not expect an answer to this question; it is a way that some languages use to make a strong statement. If your language does not use questions in this way, then translate this as: “You should fear God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1883	40:4	xyzi			We are guilty of doing many bad things, but this man is innocent	1	This could be translated as: “You and I have done evil things and deserve to die, but this man, Jesus, has done nothing wrong and does not deserve to die.”
1884	40:4	qmri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	We are guilty	1	We here includes both robbers, but does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1885	40:4	wq87			this man	1	This phrase refers to Jesus.
1886	40:4	zw1p			Please remember me	1	This could mean ‘Please accept me’ or ‘Please welcome me’ or ‘Please allow me to be with you.’ Remember here does not mean to recall something after forgetting it. Translate this in a way that communicates a humble request.
1887	40:4	t9ok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in your kingdom	1	This is a metonym that refers to the time when Jesus will rule. Alternate translation: “when you establish your kingdom” or “when you are ruling as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1888	40:4	ccka			Paradise	1	This is another name for ‘heaven.’
1889	40:5	czm0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself!	1	The people were mocking Jesus. Alternate translation: “We do not believe you are the King of the Jews, but if you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1890	40:5	sya1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	If you are the Son of God	1	The people were mocking Jesus, but he truly was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]], [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1891	40:5	nxom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1892	40:5	myax			believe you	1	This could mean ‘believe in you’ or ‘believe that you are the Messiah.’
1893	40:7	xoev			It is finished!	1	This could also be translated as: “It is completed” or “I have finished it” or “I have completed the work.” This means that Jesus’ work of salvation was complete.
1894	40:7	bylb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Father	1	This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1895	40:7	bahv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I am giving my spirit into your hands	1	This statement is a metonym that refers to God’s care. Alternate translation: “I entrust my spirit to your care” or “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1896	40:7	htj3			bowed his head	1	This could mean ‘lowered his head.’
1897	40:7	wyee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	gave up his spirit	1	This is a polite way to say that Jesus died. This could be translated as: “gave up his spirit to God” or “released his spirit to God and died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1898	40:7	s24z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	In the Temple, the large curtain that separated the people from the presence of God was torn in two	1	This can be stated in active form: “God tore in two the large curtain in the Temple that separated the people from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1899	40:7	dbk6			the large curtain	1	This was a large, strong fabric hung in the Temple. It was like a wall separating one room from another. It can also be translated as: “The thick curtain” or “The hanging fabric” or “The screen.”
1900	40:8	voji			Through his death	1	This could mean ‘By means of his death’ or ‘By dying.’
1901	40:8	ehxc			opened the way	1	This could mean ‘made it possible.’
1902	40:8	kiuq			come to God	1	This could mean ‘come near to God’ or ‘go near to God’ or ‘approach God’ or ‘know God personally.’ The tearing of the curtain showed that the barrier between God and people had been removed.
1903	40:8	eukk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1904	40:9	icnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Then two Jewish leaders named Joseph and Nicodemus came	1	This introduces two new characters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1905	40:9	kdet			Joseph	1	This was not Mary’s husband. It was another man named Joseph.
1906	40:9	v4sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	They believed that Jesus was the Messiah	1	This is background information about two Jewish leaders who believed Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1907	40:9	asjz			asked Pilate for Jesus’ body	1	This could mean ‘asked Pilate to permit them to take Jesus’ body down from the cross.’
1908	40:9	tyxi			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1909	41:0	f1g8	title		God Raises Jesus from the Dead	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how God made Jesus alive again” or “How did God make Jesus alive again?”
1910	41:1	w1o6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After the soldiers crucified Jesus	1	The connecting word After introduces a sequence of events. The Jewish leaders spoke to Pilate after he had had Jesus crucified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1911	41:1	fqyx			That liar, Jesus, said	1	This could also be translated as: “That man, Jesus, lied and said.” They refused to believe that Jesus told the truth about being the Son of God.
1912	41:1	kmtf			rise from the dead	1	This could mean ‘come back to life’ or ‘become alive again.’
1913	41:1	ow3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If they do, they will say he has risen from the dead	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. The Jewish leaders thought that the disciples would only be able to say Jesus had risen from the dead if they were able to steal his body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1914	41:2	ah4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	Pilate said, “Take some soldiers and guard the tomb as well as you can.”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Pilate told them to take some soldiers and guard the tomb as well as they could.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1915	41:2	soxa			they placed	1	This could mean ‘the religious leaders and the soldiers placed.’
1916	41:2	luep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a seal on the stone	1	They put a soft material like clay or wax between the stone and the tomb and marked it with an official seal. If anyone moved the stone, the material would break and show that someone had entered the tomb. This could also be translated as: “a mark on the stone to forbid people from moving it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1917	41:3	xn5r			No one could work on the Sabbath day	1	The Sabbath day rules did not permit a Jew to walk very far or to do any other kind of work.
1918	41:3	nbr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	put more spices on his body	1	It was the custom of the Jews to wash the body and then wrap it with strong, pleasant smelling spices to prevent the dead body from smelling bad so quickly. This was also a sign of honor and devotion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1919	41:3	olxt			spices	1	This refers to sweet-smelling spices that were placed on a dead body to cover the bad smell. This can also be translated as: “sweet-smelling spices” or “sweet-smelling oils” or “sweet-smelling plants.”
1920	41:4	dubc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Before the women arrived, there was a great earthquake at the tomb	1	The connecting word Before introduces a sequential clause. First there was the earthquake and appearance of the angel, and then the women arrived at the tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1921	41:4	vz4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	there was a great earthquake	1	This could also be translated as: “there was a violent earthquake” or “there was a forceful shaking of the ground.” Some languages may prefer to reword this as: “the ground began to shake violently.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1922	41:4	x6gd			was shining as brightly as lightning	1	This could mean ‘whose appearance was as bright as lightning.’
1923	41:4	yyge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	fell to the ground like dead men	1	This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move, just like dead men do not move. They probably had fainted from fright. To make this clear, this could be translated as: “suddenly fell to the ground and did not move.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1924	41:5	y64e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	When the women arrived at the tomb, the angel told them	1	The word When introduces a simultaneous clause. The two events happened at the same time, the women arrived at the tomb and the angel spoke to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1925	41:5	e2vx			Do not be afraid	1	This could mean ‘Stop being afraid.’ An angel shining like lightning was a frightening sight!
1926	41:5	si3r			He has risen from the dead	1	This could be translated as: “He has come back to life.”
1927	41:5	gyik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	His body was not there!	1	This exclamation emphasizes how surprised they were that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1928	41:6	omfu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	“Go and tell the disciples, ‘Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.’”	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Go and tell the disciples that Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1929	41:6	fa34			Go and tell the disciples	1	This is a command that the angel is giving to the women.
1930	41:6	sv6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	from the dead	1	This could mean ‘from among all those who have died.’ This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1931	41:6	rlot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	he will go to Galilee ahead of you	1	This could mean ‘he will meet you in Galilee’ or ‘he will be in Galilee when you get there.’ You here is plural, including the apostles and other disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1932	41:7	hwef			the good news	1	This can also be translated as: “the good news that Jesus was alive again.” This good news refers to the fact that Jesus had risen from the dead.
1933	41:8	rn1s			Do not be afraid. Go and tell my disciples	1	These are commands that Jesus is giving to the women.
1934	41:8	q02w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	bowed down at his feet	1	They did this symbolic action to honor Jesus as they would expect to do in the presence of a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1935	41:8	g5dt			will see me	1	This could mean ‘will meet me’ or ‘can meet with me.’
1936	41:8	kreo			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1937	42:0	ezpr	title		Jesus Returns to Heaven	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus went back to heaven” or “How did Jesus go back to heaven?”
1938	42:1	fmsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	They had hoped that he was the Messiah, but then he was killed	1	This connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. They thought the Messiah would reign as king of Israel. They did not expect him to die so they could not reconcile Jesus being Messiah with Jesus being crucified. His death was in contrast to their expectations for the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1939	42:2	jlc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Jesus approached them and started walking with them, but they did not recognize him	1	The connecting word but indicates a contrast relationship. They knew Jesus well so you would expect them to recognize him, but they did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1940	42:2	mrbi			did not recognize him	1	This could mean ‘did not know that it was Jesus.’
1941	42:2	urx1			all the things that had happened	1	This refers to the teaching and miracles of Jesus, his death, and the reports of his resurrection.
1942	42:3	w5fk			on the third day	1	Some languages may prefer to say: “on the third day after his death.”
1943	42:4	axpd			it was almost evening	1	This can also be translated as: “the day was ending” or “the sun was going down” or “it was starting to get dark.”
1944	42:4	ig7j			he disappeared from their sight	1	This could also be translated as: “he was gone” or “he was no longer there.”
1945	42:5	id4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	That was Jesus!	1	This exclamation emphasizes how shocked the disciples were to see Jesus alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1946	42:5	ddek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	they told the disciples, “Jesus is alive! We have seen him!”	1	This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “they told the disciples that Jesus was alive, and that they had seen him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1947	42:5	xvi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Jesus is alive!	1	The two disciples used this exclamation to emphasize to the other disciples that Jesus was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1948	42:5	s84t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	We have seen him!	1	The two disciples used this exclamation to emphasize that they not only heard that Jesus was alive, but had personally see him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1949	42:6	h7p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	Peace to you	1	‘May you have peace’ or ‘May God give you peace!’ The word you is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1950	42:6	s4qm			a ghost	1	This refers to the spirit of a dead person.
1951	42:6	n4cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why are you afraid?	1	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to comfort them. Alternate translation: “Do not be frightened.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1952	42:6	clza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why do you not think it is really I, Jesus?	1	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. Alternate translation: “Do not doubt I am Jesus!” or “Stop doubting!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1953	42:7	y51b			on the third day	1	This could mean ‘after three days’ or ‘three days later.’
1954	42:8	ql7u			proclaim	1	This could mean ‘announce’ or ‘preach.’
1955	42:8	hnot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If they repent, God will forgive their sins	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If people repent, then God will forgive their sins. If they do not repent, then he will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1956	42:8	qyeu			My disciples will proclaim this message starting in Jerusalem	1	This could mean ‘My disciples will begin doing this in Jerusalem’ or ‘My disciples will begin to proclaim these things in Jerusalem.’
1957	42:8	ettk			You are witnesses of everything	1	This could mean ‘You will tell other people all the things that.’
1958	42:10	wsz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	you & You	1	Each instance of you in this frame is plural, and refers to all the disciples present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1959	42:10	kp1r			make disciples in all people groups	1	This could mean ‘help people from every people group become my disciples.’
1960	42:10	r9sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in the name of	1	Here name is a metonym that means both, ‘by the authority of’ and, ‘under the authority of.’ Consider translating the word name literally if it will be understood in this way in your language. This phrase can also be repeated as in, ‘in the name of the Father, in the name of the Son, and in the name of the Holy Spirit.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1961	42:10	olb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	the Father, the Son	1	These are important titles for God the Father and for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1962	42:10	k7fj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Holy Spirit	1	This introduces the Holy Spirit as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1963	42:11	xd5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	my Father	1	This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1964	42:11	hss1			a cloud hid him from their sight	1	This could also be translated as: “he disappeared into a cloud.”
1965	42:11	viir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	Jesus sat down in heaven at the right hand of God	1	To sit down was a symbolic act that indicated that Jesus’ work was completed. Furthermore, sitting at the right hand of God represents taking the place of honor beside him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1966	42:11	pqja			at the right hand of God	1	This could also be translated as: “at the right side of God.”
1967	42:11	w5zt			over all things	1	This could mean ‘over everything.’
1968	42:11	gyyt			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1969	43:0	upr3	title		The Church Begins	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how the Church began” or “How did the Church begin?”
1970	43:1	b15k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem	1	The connecting word After introduces a sequential clause. First Jesus returned to heaven. Then the disciples waited in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1971	43:1	a3nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1972	43:1	r38h			returned to heaven	1	This could mean ‘went back to heaven.’
1973	43:1	wy96			stayed in Jerusalem	1	This could mean ‘stayed in Jerusalem for a while.’ They didn’t stay there permanently.
1974	43:2	pbqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Every year, 50 days after the Passover, the Jews celebrated an important day called Pentecost. Pentecost was a time when the Jews celebrated the wheat harvest. Jews came from all over the world to Jerusalem to celebrate Pentecost together.	1	This is background information about Pentecost. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1975	43:2	jcgj			Pentecost	1	Pentecost means ‘fiftieth (day).’ You could use the word Pentecost in your translation and let the text explain the meaning. Or you could use a term that means ‘50th day.’
1976	43:2	qcrv			celebrated the wheat harvest	1	The Jews would thank God for the wheat harvest by bringing offerings and celebrate by having special meals. Wheat is a grain crop; if you have no word that means wheat, you can use a more general word for grain. This happened in May; other crops were harvested at other times of the year.
1977	43:2	kfl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	This year the time for Pentecost came about a week after Jesus had gone back to heaven.	1	This introduces a new event. It is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1978	43:2	s0am			This year	1	This could mean ‘In the year that Jesus died.’
1979	43:3	pqol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	While the believers were all together	1	The word While introduces a simultaneous clause. The two events happened at the same time—the believers were together, and there was a sound like a strong wind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1980	43:3	n07o			a sound like a strong wind	1	This could mean ‘a noise that a strong wind makes’ or ‘the sound that the wind makes when it blows hard.’
1981	43:3	sl88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	They were all filled with the Holy Spirit	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1982	43:3	e1be			filled with the Holy Spirit	1	This could mean ‘given ability by the Holy Spirit’ or ‘given power by the Holy Spirit.’
1983	43:3	ybc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	in other languages	1	This could be translated as: “in languages other than their own language” or “in foreign languages” or “as people from other places speak.” The believers did not know these languages until the Holy Spirit gave them the power to speak them. Make sure the word used to translate languages refers to languages people actually speak and understand. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1984	43:4	jyhd			a crowd	1	This could be translated as: “a crowd of people” or “a large group of people.”
1985	43:5	gq24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Peter stood up and said to them	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. People said the disciples were drunk. But if they were drunk, you would not expect Peter to stand up and speak rationally and with authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1986	43:5	vvlp			Listen to me!	1	Peter stated this command in order to cause the crowd to pay close attention to what he was going to tell them.
1987	43:5	lar2			Joel	1	Joel was a prophet in Israel who lived hundreds of years before this happened.
1988	43:5	y49s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	God said, ‘In the last days, I will pour out my Spirit.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “God said that in the last days, he would pour out his Spirit.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1989	43:5	rx76			the last days	1	This refers to the final days before the end of the world.
1990	43:5	c91i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I will pour out my Spirit	1	Here pour out is an idiom that means to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1991	43:5	e6zb			my Spirit	1	This could mean ‘my Holy Spirit.’
1992	43:6	pc2i			General Information	1	Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
1993	43:6	zoat			Men of Israel	1	For some languages, it is better to say: “People of Israel” for it to be clear that this included men and women. This could also be translated as: “My fellow people of Israel” or “My fellow Jews” to make it clear that Peter was also a Jew and belonged to the “people of Israel.”
1994	43:6	gvyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	But you crucified him!	1	Peter used this exclamation to strongly accuse the people in the crowd of murdering Jesus, the Messiah whom God had sent to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1995	43:6	f708		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But you crucified him	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus did many wonderful things, so you would expect people to recognize that he was sent from God. Instead, they crucified him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1996	43:6	xjyg			you crucified him!	1	This could also be translated as: “you caused him to be crucified” or “because of you, he was crucified.” The Jews did not actually nail Jesus to the cross. However, the Jewish leaders caused him to be condemned and many of the people in the crowd had shouted for him to be crucified.
1997	43:7	zxmo			General Information	1	Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
1998	43:7	e7je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	what a prophet wrote: ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “what a prophet wrote, that you would not let your Holy One rot in the grave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1999	43:7	l6ae			You will not let your	1	You and your refer to God the Father. To make that clear, this could be translated as: “You, God, will not let your.” Some languages may have a special way of addressing someone, such as: “You, O God.”
2000	43:7	hqfx			rot in the grave	1	This could mean ‘decay in the tomb’ or ‘decompose in the grave.’ This refers to the fact that Jesus did not remain in the tomb very long. It is another way of saying that he did not stay dead, but rather, came back to life again.
2001	43:7	t1k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	We are witnesses	1	The word We refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. It does not include the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2002	43:7	yjxl			raised Jesus to life again	1	This could mean ‘made Jesus alive again.’
2003	43:8	bah9			General Information	1	Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
2004	43:8	tkkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	God the Father	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2005	43:8	ed3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	at his right hand	1	This phrase is an idiom that refers to the highest place of honor and authority. Alternate translation: “in the most important position” or “in the place of highest honor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2006	43:8	di00			causing	1	This could mean ‘enabling the believers to do’ or ‘giving these people the power to do.’
2007	43:9	wl03			General Information	1	Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
2008	43:9	v9qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But know for certain that	1	This phrase indicates contrast relationship. The Jews killed Jesus, but God did the opposite—he made Jesus the lord of everything! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2009	43:10	c3r3			deeply moved by	1	This could mean ‘very troubled by’ or ‘felt very sad when they heard.’ To be moved is to feel strong emotions.
2010	43:10	sild		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they asked	1	The connecting word So connects the reason (they were deeply moved), with the result (they asked Peter and the disciples what they should do). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2011	43:10	ne4d			Brothers	1	This was a normal way for a Jew to address fellow Jews. It could also be translated as: “Friends.”
2012	43:11	riu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	So repent and be baptized	1	The word So introduces a goal relationship. The people should repent and be baptized because they want to be forgiven of their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2013	43:11	ru8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	be baptized	1	This can be stated in active form: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2014	43:11	abk9			in the name of	1	This phrase means both, ‘by the authority of’ and, ‘under the authority of.’ Consider translating the word name literally if it will be understood in this way in your language.
2015	43:11	jf53			Christ	1	This is the same meaning as ‘Messiah.’ It could be translated as: “Anointed One” or “Chosen One.” Instead of translating the meaning, some translators may choose to keep the word Christ and spell it using the sounds in their own language.
2016	43:11	r84p			Jesus Christ	1	Since Christ is a title here, some translators may choose to change the order and say: “Christ Jesus.” Both orders are used in the Bible.
2017	43:11	pqqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Then God will also give you the Holy Spirit as a gift	1	The connecting word Then introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was because they had repented and had been forgiven of their sins, and the result is they would also receive the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2018	43:12	fx2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	They were baptized	1	This can be stated in active form: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2019	43:13	bswm			thought well of them	1	This could mean ‘had a positive opinion of them.’
2020	43:13	k59i			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2021	44:0	navx	title		Peter and John Heal a Beggar	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Peter and John healed a beggar” or “What happened when Peter and John healed a beggar?”
2022	44:1	htn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2023	44:1	zst9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to the Temple	1	They did not go into the Temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the Temple courtyard” or “into the Temple area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2024	44:1	s7a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	A crippled man was sitting at the gate, begging for money.	1	This introduces a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2025	44:1	xrou			A crippled man	1	This could also be translated as: “A lame man.” This refers to a man who did not have full use of his legs, and could not stand or walk.
2026	44:2	anm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	I will give you what I do have	1	It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2027	44:2	swsg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	In the name of Jesus	1	Here name is a metonym that refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2028	44:2	ua2w			get up	1	This could mean ‘stand up.’
2029	44:3	jj4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Immediately, God healed the lame man	1	The connecting word Immediately introduces a sequential clause. Peter spoke, and then the lame man was healed. But the writer wants the readers to know there was no delay—the healing took place as soon as Peter spoke. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2030	44:3	n7h5			the courtyard of the Temple	1	Only priests could enter the Temple, but ordinary Jews were allowed to come into this area that surrounded the Temple.
2031	44:4	j0ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	We did not heal him with our own power	1	We here includes Peter and John, but not the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2032	44:4	imbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	because we believe in Jesus	1	We here includes Peter and John, but not the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2033	44:5	iqhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	turn to God	1	Here turn is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2034	44:5	ye73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he will wash away your sins	1	Peter is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if God were physically washing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2035	44:6	onx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they arrested them and put them into prison	1	The connecting word So introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the leaders of the Temple were very upset; the result is they arrested Peter and John and put them into prison. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2036	44:6	uzea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But many people believed what Peter said	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that people would not believe, because Peter and John were put in prison. Instead, 5000 men believed! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2037	44:6	tza5			The number of men	1	This was in addition to the women and children who believed.
2038	44:7	x8b9			By what power did you heal	1	“Who gave you power to heal”
2039	44:8	wz95			healed	1	This could mean ‘well’ or ‘strong.’
2040	44:8	yefn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but God raised him to life again	1	The connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus was crucified, so you would expect him to be dead. But what actually happened is that God raised him to life again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2041	44:8	qn4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	God raised him to life again	1	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2042	44:8	qgfl			rejected him	1	This could mean ‘refused to accept him’ or ‘refused to believe in Jesus’ or ‘refused to believe that Jesus is the Savior.’
2043	44:8	yltt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but there is no other way to be saved	1	The connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. The leaders rejected Christ, so you would expect that he was not a person worth anything. However, he is actually the only one with the power to save people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2044	44:8	nsjy			there is no other way to be saved except through the power of Jesus	1	This could also be translated as: “the only way to be saved is through the power of Jesus” or “only Jesus can save us by his power.”
2045	44:8	q4mj			to be saved	1	This can also be translated as: “to be saved from our sins” or “that we can be saved from our sins.”
2046	44:9	cv5o			were shocked	1	This could mean ‘were very surprised’ or ‘were amazed.’
2047	44:9	va1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ordinary men who were uneducated	1	The words ordinary and uneducated share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2048	44:9	sio0			ordinary	1	This could mean ‘common’ or ‘lower-class.’ Peter and John were simple fishermen.
2049	44:9	nm98			who were uneducated	1	This could mean ‘who did not have a formal education.’ This could also be translated as: “who had not gone to religious school.”
2050	44:9	q8wm			then they remembered	1	This could also be translated as: “But then they thought about the fact that.”
2051	44:9	xrbn			had been with Jesus	1	This could also be translated as: “had spend time with Jesus” or “had been taught by Jesus.”
2052	44:9	ma9m			After saying many things like this	1	This could mean ‘after threatening Peter and John in similar ways.’
2053	44:9	a0u0			let Peter and John go	1	This could mean ‘allowed Peter and John to leave.’
2054	44:9	w34s			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2055	45:0	nwdv	title		Stephen and Philip	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Stephen and Philip told people about Jesus” or “What happened when Stephen and Philip told people about Jesus?”
2056	45:1	pgvx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	One of the leaders among the first followers of Jesus was a man named Stephen.	1	This introduces Stephen as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2057	45:1	c259		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Everyone respected him	1	This is background information about the kind of person Stephen was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2058	45:2	qdmu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2059	45:2	qssl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so they went to the religious leaders and told lies about him.	1	The word so introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the Jews were very angry with Stephen because they could not win arguments with him. The result is they told lies about him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2060	45:2	zrsu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	We heard Stephen speak evil things about Moses and God!	1	They used this exclamation to express how angry they were with Stephen, and to try to make the other people angry with him as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2061	45:3	dn8c			always reject the Holy Spirit	1	This could mean ‘never obey the Holy Spirit’ or ‘always refuse to listen to the Holy Spirit.’
2062	45:3	uusp			our ancestors	1	This could be translated as: “our ancestors, the Israelites.”
2063	45:3	z0hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	But you did something worse than they did! You killed the Messiah!	1	Stephen used these exclamations to accuse the Jews of murdering the Messiah whom God had sent to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2064	45:4	vw1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	covered their ears	1	This was a symbolic action to show that they did not want to hear what Stephen said. This could also be translated as: “They put their hands over their ears.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2065	45:4	a6dh			yelled loudly	1	They were yelling in anger. Translate this in a way that communicates that they were very upset.
2066	45:5	lvf4			As Stephen was dying	1	This could mean ‘Just before Stephen died.’
2067	45:5	qdks			cried out	1	This could mean ‘called out in a loud voice’ or ‘said very loudly.’
2068	45:5	scz4			Jesus, receive my spirit	1	This could mean ‘take my spirit.’ It may be helpful to add ‘please’ to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit”
2069	45:5	gloy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	He fell to his knees	1	This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2070	45:5	kblz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	do not hold this sin against them	1	This could mean ‘do not consider them guilty of the sin of killing me.’ This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2071	45:5	phm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	Then he died	1	This is the end of the story about Stephen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2072	45:6	tskj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	That day many people in Jerusalem started persecuting the followers of Jesus, so the believers fled to other places. But in spite of opposition, they preached about Jesus everywhere they went.	1	This is background information about the persecution of the believers after the death of Stephen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2073	45:6	yeqh			But in spite of opposition	1	The Jewish leaders thought they could stop the spread of Jesus’ teaching by persecuting his followers. Instead, this caused them to scatter and spread the message even more widely.
2074	45:7	kqfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	There was a believer in Jesus named Philip	1	This introduces Philip as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2075	45:7	cepk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2076	45:7	nocc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	This man was an important official from the land of Ethiopia.	1	This is background information about the official from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2077	45:7	suea			Ethiopia	1	Ethiopia is a country in Eastern Africa.
2078	45:8	aphc			the Ethiopian	1	That is, a person from the country of Ethiopia. See note on 45:07.
2079	45:8	zqlq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	led him like a lamb to be killed, and as a lamb is silent, he did not say a word. They treated him unfairly and did not respect him. They took his life away from him.	1	The pronouns he, him, and his in this quotation refer to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2080	45:8	oj2z			as a lamb is silent	1	This could also be translated as: “like a lamb that is silent even when it is about to be killed.”
2081	45:9	dnt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	“Do you understand what you are reading?”	1	The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2082	45:9	wc0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Please come and sit next to me	1	It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2083	45:9	moyr			Was Isaiah writing about	1	This can also be translated as: “Was Isaiah referring to.”
2084	45:11	z0i6			some water	1	Use a term that means a larger body of water such as a pond, lake, or stream.
2085	45:11	vux5			May I be baptized?	1	This could also be translated as: “Is there any reason that I cannot be baptized?”
2086	45:12	aaai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So they went down into the water	1	The connecting word So introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the Ethiopian believed what Philip told him, and asked to be baptized when they saw water nearby. The result is Philip baptized him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2087	45:12	uhoz			carried Philip away	1	This could mean ‘took Philip away’ or ‘snatched Philip away.’
2088	45:12	y6dt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	There Philip continued to tell people about Jesus	1	This is the end of the story about Philip. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2089	45:13	ofea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	The Ethiopian continued traveling toward his home. He was happy that he now knew Jesus.	1	This is the end of the story about the Ethiopian official. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2090	45:13	eorl			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2091	46:0	awnb	title		Saul Becomes a Follower of Jesus	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Saul became a follower of Christ” or “How did Saul become a follower of Christ?”
2092	46:1	qpas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	There was a man named Saul who did not believe in Jesus	1	This introduces Saul as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2093	46:1	u797		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	When he was a young man, he guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen	1	This is background information about Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2094	46:1	vtia			guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen	1	See 45:06.
2095	46:1	etoe			from house to house	1	This could mean ‘into many houses.’
2096	46:1	ewvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to arrest both men and women	1	This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2097	46:1	ol4d			Damascus	1	Damascus is now the capital of the country of Syria. During Saul’s time, it was a city belonging to the Roman Empire. Most of the people there were not Jewish, but there were some Jews and also some followers of Jesus living there.
2098	46:1	t1st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to bring them back to Jerusalem	1	Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2099	46:2	phy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Just before he reached the city	1	This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2100	46:2	u8fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why are you persecuting me?	1	This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural. Alternate translation: “You are persecuting me!” or a command “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2101	46:3	lv61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	Saul did not eat or drink anything for three days	1	It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2102	46:4	e3u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	There was a disciple in Damascus named Ananias	1	This introduces Ananias as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2103	46:4	gr6l			But Ananias said	1	If it is not clear why the word But is used here, this could be translated as: “But Ananias was afraid, so he said.”
2104	46:4	jf7g			God answered him	1	This could be translated as: “To reassure Ananias, God said” to make clear why God said this.
2105	46:4	duf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	Go!	1	This is a command and also an exclamation. God is emphasizing that Ananias should stop objecting and go to Saul as God instructed him to do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2106	46:4	wsh4			to declare my name	1	This could mean ‘to teach about me’ or ‘to make me known.’
2107	46:4	lq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for my name	1	Here “my name” is a metonym that refers to Jesus. Saul will suffer many things because he will tell people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for me” or “because of me” or “because he serves me” or “because he teaches others about me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2108	46:5	fb5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	placed his hands on him	1	Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2109	46:5	up5t			here	1	This could mean ‘to Damascus.’
2110	46:5	xkhq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	Immediately	1	This introduces a simultaneous clause. Saul was able to see as soon as Ananias touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2111	46:6	eyeo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Right away	1	This introduces a new event. This can also be translated as: “Immediately” or “Then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2112	46:6	z4lx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2113	46:6	t5hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because Saul had tried to kill believers	1	The connecting word because connects the reason (the change in Saul, that he had tried to kill people who believed in Jesus, and now he himself believed in Jesus), with the result (the Jews were amazed). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2114	46:6	xx3g			argued with the Jews	1	This could also be translated as: “gave the Jews good reasons for believing in Jesus” or “spoke persuasively with the Jews.”
2115	46:7	yz8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	After many days	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2116	46:7	xyxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the Jews made a plan to kill Saul	1	Here the Jews refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2117	46:7	kujx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to watch for him at the city gates	1	The gates were the only normal way into or out of the walled cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2118	46:7	fa04			lowered him over the city wall in a basket	1	Another way to say this would be: “helped him get into a large basket and lowered the basket with him in it over the city wall.”
2119	46:8	rhgl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Saul went to Jerusalem	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2120	46:8	mosr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but they were afraid of him	1	The connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. Saul was now a disciple so you would expect the apostles would want to meet with him, but instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2121	46:8	b6d3			accepted Saul	1	This could mean ‘believed that Saul also was a believer in Jesus.’
2122	46:9	g78j			the city of Antioch	1	This was an ancient city located in what is now the southernmost tip of the modern country of Turkey, near its border with Syria and close to the Mediterranean Sea. It was about 450 miles northwest of Jerusalem.
2123	46:9	rx27			to strengthen the church	1	This could also be translated as: “to help the church to grow strong spiritually” or “to help the believers in Jesus to grow strong in their faith” or “to help the people to believe more firmly in Jesus.”
2124	46:9	bw4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	believers in Jesus were first called ‘Christians.’	1	This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form: “The people of Antioch first called the believers in Jesus ‘Christians.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2125	46:10	dyso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2126	46:10	a3p8			Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul to do the work I have called them to do.	1	This sentence could also be translated as: “Appoint Paul and Barnabas to do the special work I have chosen them to do.”
2127	46:10	edzp			the church	1	This could also be translated as: “the believers” or “the followers of Jesus.”
2128	46:10	gx67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	placed their hands on them	1	This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. This could also be translated as: “blessed them with the power and authority of the Holy Spirit by putting their hands on them” or “put their hands on them as a sign of their unity in the Spirit.” Some languages may have to say where they placed their hands. If so, you could say they placed their hands on their head, shoulder or back. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2129	46:10	be3s			sent them out	1	This could mean ‘sent them away’ or ‘sent them on their journey.’
2130	46:10	enk8			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2131	47:0	bh8m	title		Paul and Silas in Philippi	1	This title can also be translated as: “About what happened to Paul and Silas in Philippi” or “What happened to Paul and Silas in Philippi?”
2132	47:1	qk41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	As Saul traveled throughout the Roman Empire, he began to use his Roman name, ‘Paul.’	1	This is background information about why Saul was now called Paul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2133	47:1	mf3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	One day	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2134	47:1	o2qf			proclaim	1	This could mean ‘teach’ or ‘preach.’
2135	47:1	l7vd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	they met a woman named Lydia	1	This introduces Lydia as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2136	47:1	rjs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	who was a merchant. She loved and worshiped God.	1	This is background information about who Lydia was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2137	47:1	yuge			merchant	1	This could also be translated as: “seller” or “business owner.”
2138	47:2	o810			She invited Paul and Silas to stay at her house	1	This was the normal custom of the day for people to provide hospitality to visitors in their homes. There were no immoral motives in this arrangement.
2139	47:3	l5gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	a slave girl	1	This introduces the unnamed slave girl as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2140	47:3	wt36			her masters	1	In this case, this could also be translated as: “her owners.”
2141	47:3	ech3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a fortuneteller	1	This could mean ‘as someone who told people what would happen to them in the future.’ A fortuneteller tried to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a ‘diviner’ or ‘soothsayer.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2142	47:4	ne6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the way to be saved	1	How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how you can be saved” or “how God saves people” or “God’s plan for saving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2143	47:5	fwpe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	one day	1	This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2144	47:5	b3ot			turned to her	1	This could mean ‘turned around and looked at her.’
2145	47:5	mz7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	In the name of Jesus	1	This could mean ‘by the authority of Jesus.’ Here name stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. Because of Jesus’ authority, Paul could command the demon to leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2146	47:5	a9n2			come out of her	1	This could mean ‘leave her’ or ‘go away from her.’
2147	47:5	kqpi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Right away the demon left her	1	‘the demon came out immediately’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2148	47:6	mi8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	The men who owned the slave girl became very angry!	1	This exclamation emphasizes how angry the men who owned the servant girl became at Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2149	47:6	l9k4			without the demon	1	This could mean ‘without the power from the demon’ or ‘now that she did not have the demon.’
2150	47:6	v9d5			the future	1	This could mean ‘what would happen to them in the future.’
2151	47:6	lkry			This meant that	1	This could also be translated as: “Because of this” or “Therefore.”
2152	47:7	xv9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	So the owners of the slave girl	1	The connecting word So introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the owners could no longer make money. The result was they took Paul and Silas to the Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2153	47:7	kses		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	who beat	1	who refers to the Roman authorities, not the owners of the slave girl. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2154	47:7	t4bn			threw them	1	This could mean ‘put them.’
2155	47:8	s7d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But in the middle of the night	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. Paul and Silas had been beaten, put in prison with their feet locked into wood. You would expect them to be crying or protesting, but instead of doing that, they were singing songs of praise to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2156	47:8	dyoz			in the middle of the night	1	This could be translated as: “very late at night” or “very early in the morning.” This was when it was completely dark outside, when people would normally be asleep.
2157	47:8	bubf			singing songs of praise to God	1	This can also be translated as: “praising God by singing” or “singing songs to praise God” or “singing songs that gave praise to God.”
2158	47:9	g265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Suddenly	1	This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2159	47:9	el5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	the chains of all the prisoners	1	The possessive of all the prisoners here refers chains that were holding the prisoners in place. They did not belong to the prisoners—they belonged to the Roman government. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2160	47:9	ftb6			fell off	1	This could mean ‘suddenly came off’ or ‘suddenly came apart so that the prisoners were released.’
2161	47:10	u1yt			the jailer	1	This could mean ‘the official in charge of the jail.’
2162	47:10	wurr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he got ready to kill himself	1	The connecting word so introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the jailer was afraid of the Roman authorities because he thought the prisoners had escaped. The result is he intended to kill himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2163	47:10	by1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But Paul saw him and shouted	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that the prisoners had escaped and that the jailer will kill himself. Instead Paul stops him from killing himself, and tells him that all the prisoners are still in the jail. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2164	47:10	oukw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	We	1	Some languages have a special form of the word We which does not include the person being talked to. Here the We does not include the jailer, only Paul and the rest of the prisoners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2165	47:11	v1g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	What must I do to be saved?	1	The question refers to salvation from being punished by the God who caused the earthquake. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do for God to save me from my sins?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2166	47:11	dbry			Believe in Jesus, the Master	1	This was addressed to both the jailer and his family, who all then believed and were baptized. Some languages may use a grammatical form of the verb believe to indicate that Paul is speaking to the group.
2167	47:11	hxx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	you and your family will be saved	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you and your family” or “God will save you and your family from eternal punishment for your sins.” Make sure it is clear that the salvation referred to here is spiritual, not physical. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2168	47:12	xl4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so Paul and Silas baptized them	1	The connecting word so introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the jailer and his whole family believed in Jesus. The result was that Paul and Silas baptized all of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2169	47:13	e0f8			the leaders of the city	1	This refers to the officials of the city or the authorities of the city.
2170	47:13	eqfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	and then left the city	1	This indicates that end of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2171	47:13	cn7u			The good news about Jesus kept spreading	1	This could mean ‘People in more and more places were hearing the good news about Jesus.’
2172	47:13	v34x			the Church kept growing	1	This could mean ‘more and more people were becoming part of the Church’ or ‘more and more people were believing in Jesus.’
2173	47:14	rlpz			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2174	48:0	vwon	title		Jesus Is the Promised Messiah	1	This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus Is the Messiah that God promised to send” or “How is Jesus Is the Messiah that God promised to send?”
2175	48:1	rs6v			God created the world	1	This could mean ‘God made the world out of nothing.’
2176	48:1	yndx			perfect	1	This could mean ‘exactly as it should be’ to accomplish all that God intended for it.
2177	48:1	rkk3			There was no sin	1	For some languages, it is not possible to express sin as a thing, rather it is an action. In those cases this could be translated as: “No one ever sinned” or “People did not sin” or “Nothing evil had happened.”
2178	48:1	n65i			There was no sickness or death	1	This could mean ‘No one got sick and no one died’ or ‘They did not get sick or die.’
2179	48:2	wm77			the garden	1	This refers to the garden created by God where he placed the first man and woman.
2180	48:2	o12t			deceive her	1	This could mean ‘lie to her.’ Satan lied by leading Eve to doubt what God had said. By doing this, he tricked her into disobeying God.
2181	48:2	euj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Because they sinned, everyone on earth dies	1	The connecting word Because connects the reason (they sinned), with the result (everyone on earth dies). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2182	48:3	vkc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God wanted to make peace	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that God would want to destroy his enemies. Instead God wants to make peace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2183	48:4	u2wf			crush Satan’s head	1	This could also be translated as: “step on Satan’s head and smash it down flat” or “shatter Satan’s head by stepping on it.” This (crushing the head) represents a person stepping on the head of a snake. The head is completely crushed, and the snake is dead and therefore harmless.
2184	48:4	ljfe			bite his heel	1	This represents a snake on the ground biting a person’s foot. In this case, Satan would cause the Messiah to suffer, but would not destroy him.
2185	48:4	f6nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but God would raise him to life again	1	The connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. Satan would kill the Messiah, so you would expect him to be dead. Instead, God would raise the Messiah to life again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2186	48:4	sspm			raise him to life again	1	This could mean ‘make him alive again.’
2187	48:5	cbxz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God sent Jesus	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect God to kill everyone because everyone has sinned. Instead, God sent Jesus to save people from their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2188	48:6	me7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	For hundreds of years, priests kept on offering sacrifices to God	1	This is background information about the sacrifices the priests offered to God in the past. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2189	48:6	scmb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	But those sacrifices could not forgive their sins	1	This indicates an exceptional relationship. The sacrifices could show people their sin and that it deserved punishment, but it could not forgive those sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2190	48:6	iv5i			He gave himself	1	This could also be translated as: “Jesus allowed himself to be killed.”
2191	48:7	y4yo			all the people groups on the earth	1	This could also be translated as: “people from all different parts of the world.”
2192	48:7	t1a0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because God saves from sin everyone who believes in Jesus	1	The connecting word because connects the reason (God saves from sin those who believe in Jesus), with the result (all the people groups are blessed through Abraham’s descendant Jesus). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2193	48:7	nz4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	When these people believe in Jesus	1	The connecting word When connects the reason (people believe in Jesus (Abraham’s descendant)), with the result (God considers people who believe in Jesus to be Abraham’s descendants). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2194	48:8	cuj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But then God gave a ram for the sacrifice instead of Isaac	1	The connecting words But then introduces a contrast relationship. God told Abraham to sacrifice his son Isaac, instead of allowing Isaac to be sacrificed, God provided a ram. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2195	48:8	uhlj			instead of Isaac	1	This can also be translated as: “in the place of Isaac” or “in Isaac’s place” or “so that he would not have to offer Isaac as a sacrifice.”
2196	48:8	gro5			deserve to die	1	This could mean ‘should die.’
2197	48:8	phrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God gave Jesus	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. We all deserve to die for our sin but instead God gave Jesus to die in our place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2198	48:8	ienk			to die in our place	1	This can also be translated as: “to die in the place of each of us” or “so that he would not have to kill us.”
2199	48:9	weue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	When God sent the last plague on Egypt	1	This clause gives background information about the time during the last plague on Egypt. The main event is the Passover that shows how God will pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2200	48:9	ra3r			sent the last plague on Egypt	1	This could mean ‘caused the final disaster to come on Egypt.’ This was the tenth plague when God caused the firstborn sons of the Egyptians to die.
2201	48:9	mw2l			its blood	1	This could mean ‘the lamb’s blood.’
2202	48:9	m5lu			door frames	1	If door frames are not known, this could be translated as: “doors.”
2203	48:9	d9t0			passed over	1	This could also be translated as: “passed by” or “went by.” You may want to connect how this is translated with how Passover is translated.
2204	48:10	cx8j			blood of Jesus	1	This could be translated as: “The sacrifice that Jesus made of himself when he died for sinners.” The word blood here also means ‘death.’
2205	48:11	c103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because they were the people he had chosen to belong to himself	1	The connecting word because connects the reason (the Israelites were God’s chosen people), with the result (God made a covenant with them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2206	48:11	diqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	If anyone in any people group accepts this New Covenant	1	The connecting word If connects the reason (he accepts the New Covenant and believes in Jesus), with the result (he joins God’s people). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2207	48:12	z1s8			the greatest prophet	1	This could mean ‘the most important prophet.’
2208	48:12	zdtw			call Jesus the Word of God	1	Jesus reveals God’s character. The other prophets preached the message God gave them, but Jesus revealed God in his preaching and his actions.
2209	48:13	hsjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he is the descendant of David who can rule forever	1	The connecting word so introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah. The result is he is the descendant of David who can rule forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2210	48:14	fe5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Jesus is the king of the entire universe	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. David was a king of Israel, so you would expect him to be one of the greatest kings ever. Instead, Jesus is far greater, because he is king of the universe. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2211	48:14	f775			the king of the entire universe	1	This could mean ‘the king over everyone and everything everywhere.’
2212	48:14	fl51			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2213	49:0	mnji	title		God’s New Covenant	1	This title can also be translated as: “About the New Covenant that God made with people” or “What is the New Covenant that God made with people?”
2214	49:1	l693		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	God’s Son	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2215	49:1	th09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but the Holy Spirit came to her	1	The connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. Mary was a virgin, so you would not expect her to become pregnant. Instead, the Holy Spirit caused her to become pregnant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2216	49:2	sfb3			raised dead people to life	1	This could also be translated as: “caused dead people to become alive again.”
2217	49:3	eqhg			a great teacher	1	This could mean ‘a very important teacher’ or ‘an excellent teacher.’
2218	49:3	triq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Son of God	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2219	49:3	fne4			the same way	1	This could mean ‘as much as’ or ‘the same amount that’ or ‘to the same degree that.’
2220	49:6	lysi			other people will not	1	This could mean ‘other people will not accept him and therefore will not be saved.’
2221	49:9	gyrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God loved everyone in the world	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. Everyone is an enemy of God, so you would expect God to hate and destroy them. Instead, God loves everyone and gave his son for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2222	49:9	xxn2			gave his only Son	1	This could also be translated as: “offered his only Son to the world as a sacrifice for sins” or “gave us his only Son to be a sacrifice for our sins.”
2223	49:9	ew0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Instead, believers will live with him forever	1	The connecting word Instead introduces a contrast relationship. Those who believe in God still sin, so you would expect them to be punished. Instead, they will live with God forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2224	49:10	tn9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	because you have sinned	1	The connecting word because connects the reason (you have sinned), with the result (you deserve to die). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2225	49:10	i13y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	but Jesus took the punishment for sin in our place	1	The connecting word but introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect God to be angry with you because of your sin. Instead, he punished Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2226	49:11	oxoq			take away	1	This could mean ‘remove the penalty of’ or ‘remove the punishment for.’ The sacrifice of Jesus causes God to look at our sin as if it never existed.
2227	49:11	rnmf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so God will forgive any sin	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (Jesus sacrificed himself), with the result (God forgives people’s sin). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2228	49:12	mjkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Instead	1	The connecting word Instead introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that doing good things might save you, or that nothing could make you God’s friend. Instead, believing in Christ saves you and makes you God’s friend. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2229	49:12	es4b			instead of you	1	This could mean ‘ in your place.’
2230	49:12	tv9x			raised him to life again	1	This could also be translated as: “made him alive again.”
2231	49:12	c6uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you believe this	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you believe in Christ, then God will forgive your sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2232	49:13	ep3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	But he will not save	1	The connecting word But introduces an exceptional relationship. God saves everyone who believes. But people who do not believe are excluded from the everyone. Alternate translation: “God will only save those who believe in Jesus and accept him as their Master. He will not save those who do not believe in him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2233	49:13	o643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	so he can be a friend to you.	1	The connecting word so connects the reason (you believe in Jesus), with the result (he can be a friend to you). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2234	49:14	m02a			to believe in him	1	This can also be translated as: “to trust in him” or “to trust in him to save you” or “to entrust your whole life to him.”
2235	49:14	oxln			to be baptized	1	This could also be translated as: “to have someone baptize you” or “to let them baptize you.”
2236	49:14	lmdd			believe that	1	This can also be translated as: “acknowledge that” or “agree that.”
2237	49:14	gu3j			to take away	1	See note on 49:11.
2238	49:15	n1sp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you believe in Jesus and confess what he has done for you, you are a follower of Jesus!	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you believe in Jesus and confess what he has done for you, then you are a Christ follower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2239	49:15	akaq			kingdom of darkness	1	Darkness is used here to refer to sin and everything that is evil. This could be translated as: “evil rule over people, which is like darkness.”
2240	49:15	nlsx			kingdom of light	1	Light here refers to God’s holiness and goodness. This could be translated as: “righteous rule over people, which is like light.” The Bible often compares evil to darkness, and goodness to light.
2241	49:16	stvi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you are a follower of Jesus	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you are a Christ follower, then God has forgiven your sins and you are his close friend. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2242	49:16	ujml			considers you to be	1	This could mean ‘thinks of you as’ or ‘regards you as’ or ‘calls you.’
2243	49:17	xlnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you are a friend of God and a servant of Jesus the Master	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you are a friend of God, then you want to obey Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2244	49:17	f4z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God always does what he says he will do	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that, when Satan tempts you to sin and you do sin, you would become the enemy of God again. Instead, God keeps his promise. He forgives the sin that you do and gives you the strength to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2245	49:17	oriw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	if you confess your sins	1	The connecting word if introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you confess your sins, then God will forgive you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2246	49:17	nyv5			confess your sins	1	This could be translated as: “admit to God what you have done wrong.”
2247	49:17	bwcz			He will give you strength to fight against sin	1	This could mean ‘He will give you spiritual strength to refuse to sin.’
2248	49:18	f9qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you do all these things	1	The connecting word If introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you do the things God tells you to do, then you will become a strong friend of his. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2249	49:18	bk6b			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2250	50:0	hhwk	title		Jesus Returns	1	This title can also be translated as: “About when Jesus returns to earth again” or “What will happen when Jesus returns to earth again?”
2251	50:1	cb68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	For almost 2,000 years, more and more people around the world have been hearing the good news about Jesus the Messiah. The Church has been growing.	1	This is background information about what has happened to the Church until today. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2252	50:1	w43m			The Church has been growing	1	This could also be translated as: “The number of people in the Church around the world has been increasing” or “The number of believers in Jesus has been increasing.”
2253	50:1	y5qd			at the end of the world	1	This phrase means ‘right before the present world comes to an end’ or ‘in the final days of this world.’
2254	50:1	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Though he has not yet come back	1	The connecting word Though introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus has not come back for 2,000 years, so you would expect he is not coming back as he promised. Instead, Jesus will come back as he promised. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2255	50:2	kdkg			the end will come	1	This could be translated as: “the end of this world will come” or “the end of this world will happen” or “this present world will end.”
2256	50:3	wk5h			make disciples	1	This has the meaning, ‘help people to become my disciples.’
2257	50:3	udku		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The fields are ripe for harvest	1	The words fields and ripe for harvest are metaphors. The fields represent people. The words ripe for harvest mean that people are ready to accept the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: This could also be translated as: “They are ready to be brought to God like fields that are ripe for harvest” or “They are ready to be gathered and brought to God like fields whose crops are ripe and ready to be gathered.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2258	50:3	xa4z			The fields	1	In this expression, The fields represents the people in the world.
2259	50:3	q0ck			ripe	1	Ripe here represents being ready to believe in Jesus.
2260	50:3	brsr			harvest	1	Harvest here represents the work of bringing people to God by teaching them about Jesus.
2261	50:4	s8vy			not greater than	1	This could mean ‘not more important than’ or in this case, ‘not treated better than.’
2262	50:4	p7vf			because of me	1	This could mean ‘because you obey me’ or ‘because you teach people about me’ or ‘because you belong to me.’
2263	50:4	kshg			in this world	1	This could also be translated as: “in this lifetime.”
2264	50:4	zu7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	If you remain faithful to me to the end, then God will save you	1	The connecting word if introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you remain faithful to the end, then God will save you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2265	50:4	rbh7			remain faithful to me	1	This could mean ‘Keep obeying me.’
2266	50:4	xok1			to the end	1	This could mean ‘to the end of your life.’
2267	50:4	jdh8			will save you	1	This refers to spiritual salvation rather than physical deliverance from harm. It has already been stated that many believers will be killed or tortured.
2268	50:5	th62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	told his disciples a story	1	The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2269	50:5	ya3w			good seed	1	This seed was wheat grain. If this type of seed is not known in your language area, it is best to use a general term for seed. If there is no general term, it may be necessary to choose a type of grain seed that is known and say, for example: “good seed like rice.”
2270	50:5	avfj			weed seeds	1	The weed seeds that were planted would grow up as tall grass but could not be eaten. They were useless.
2271	50:5	twzk			wheat seeds	1	Wheat is a kind of grain that grows like a tall grass. It has seeds that people use for food.
2272	50:6	ut87			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
2273	50:6	zfgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Master, you planted good seed	1	Here you is a metonym that refers to his servants. The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “we planted good seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2274	50:6	oa7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	The man answered, ‘Only my enemies would want to plant them. It is one of my enemies who did this.’	1	This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The man answered that only his enemies would want to plant them, so it was one of his enemies who did this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2275	50:6	a7h4			Only my enemies would want to plant them	1	If possible, translate this in a way that indicates that the speaker did not see this happen.
2276	50:7	q14z			General Information	1	Jesus continues to tell the story.
2277	50:7	sd9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	Should we pull out	1	Here we is exclusive. It refers to the servants but not the master. The servants would not expect the master to pull weeds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2278	50:7	bka5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	If you do that, you will pull	1	Each occurrence of you in this frame is plural, referring to all of the servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
2279	50:7	rill			you will pull out some of the wheat as well	1	This could mean ‘you will accidentally pull out some of the wheat also.’ It would be too difficult to distinguish young wheat from the weeds, and to pull the weeds without uprooting the wheat.
2280	50:7	hx3j			until the harvest	1	This could mean ‘until the time when the wheat is ready to harvest’ or ‘until the wheat has grown enough to be harvested.’
2281	50:7	vk5r			the wheat	1	This could mean ‘the harvested wheat grains.’
2282	50:7	fms0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	barn	1	This refers to the building where the harvested wheat grain was saved and stored. It could also be called a ‘storehouse.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2283	50:8	dsy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	The disciples did not understand the meaning of the story, so they asked Jesus to explain it to them	1	The connecting word so introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the disciples did not understand the meaning of the story. The result is they asked Jesus to explain it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2284	50:8	yjlb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	the Messiah	1	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2285	50:8	i02m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	the people of God’s kingdom	1	This refers to the people who belong to or are part of the kingdom of God. It can also be translated as: “the people who live under God’s authority” or “the people who have submitted to God’s rule” or “the people who will live with God in his kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2286	50:9	uzv1			who belong to the devil	1	This could mean ‘who obey the devil’ or ‘who are ruled by the devil.’
2287	50:9	nzl4			the devil	1	This could also be translated as: “Satan.”
2288	50:9	gqw6			the evil one	1	This is another title for Satan. It could be translated as: “Satan,” but the title, evil one describes his character.
2289	50:9	nmkm			represents the end of the world	1	This could mean ‘represents what will happen to people at the end of the world.’
2290	50:9	w4ko			the harvesters	1	This could also be translated as: “the men who harvest the ripe grain” or “the workers who gather in the ripe grain.”
2291	50:10	m3il			who belong to the devil	1	This could also be translated as: “who obey the devil” or “who are ruled by the devil.” This refers to those who do not believe in Jesus but follow the evil ways of the devil.
2292	50:10	uu2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	cry and grind their teeth	1	They will grind their teeth as a symbolic act representing their extreme sadness and suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2293	50:10	zlcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	But the people who are righteous	1	The word But introduces an exceptional relationship. The people who are righteous because they followed Jesus will not be thrown in the fire with everyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2294	50:10	gys2			the people who are righteous	1	This refers to the people who belong to the Messiah (See: 50:08).
2295	50:10	tyy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	shine like the sun	1	This could also be translated as: “be glorious like the sun” or “show pure goodness as the sun shows bright light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2296	50:11	k22r			he left	1	This could also be translated as: “he left the earth” or “he left to go back to heaven.”
2297	50:11	jd9n			will come on the clouds in the sky	1	This could mean ‘the clouds in the sky will surround him as he comes’ or ‘the clouds of the sky will carry him along.’
2298	50:11	yaba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	When Jesus returns	1	The connecting word When introduces a simultaneous clause. Jesus’ followers who have died will rise and meet him in the sky at the time of Jesus’ return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2299	50:11	o821			Jesus returns	1	This could mean ‘Jesus returns to the earth.’
2300	50:11	v0d4			meet him in the sky	1	This could mean ‘join him in the sky.’ Those who believe in Jesus will go up to be near Jesus while he is in the sky.
2301	50:12	t9kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	Then the followers of Jesus who are still alive	1	The connecting word Then introduces a sequential clause. After the Jesus followers who died rise to meet Jesus in the air, the Jesus followers who are still alive will also join Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2302	50:12	g9jf			still alive	1	This could mean ‘still alive when Jesus returns.’
2303	50:12	suuz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	After that, Jesus will live with his people	1	The connecting words After that introduce a sequential clause. After Jesus followers have joined Jesus, they will live together forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2304	50:13	pucg			a crown	1	This crown represents our reward for believing in Jesus and serving him in this life.
2305	50:13	zj3j			perfect	1	This could mean ‘complete’ or ‘total.’
2306	50:14	u49v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But God will judge everyone who does not believe	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. In contrast to the wonderful place of peace where Jesus’ followers will live, those who did not believe will suffer forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2307	50:14	txh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	weep and grind their teeth	1	See note on 50:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2308	50:15	yi59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	When Jesus returns	1	The connecting word When introduces a sequential clause. After Jesus returns, he will destroy Satan and his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2309	50:15	wtdb			his kingdom	1	This could also be translated as: “Satan’s evil rule over people” or “all the evil things he does and the evil people he controls.”
2310	50:15	lp9m			rather than	1	This could mean ‘instead of.’
2311	50:16	lrvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God	1	The connecting word Because connects the result (God destroyed the world), with the reason (Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into the world). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2312	50:16	evgf			brought sin into	1	This could be translated as: “caused sin to enter.”
2313	50:16	tvuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	But some day God will create	1	The connecting word But introduces a contrast relationship. It is expected that God will destroy the world because of sin. Instead of leaving it destroyed, God creates a new heaven and a new earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2314	50:16	tdlr			a new heaven	1	This could also be translated as: “a new sky” or “a new universe.” It refers to a new set of stars and everything else in the sky.
2315	50:16	gews			a new earth	1	This current earth on which we live will be replaced by a new and improved one.
2316	50:17	v7hx			wipe away every tear	1	This could also be translated as: “bring an end to all of our grief” or “make trouble end” or “tenderly take away any sadness people have.”
2317	50:17	ovna			rule his kingdom justly and with peace	1	This could also be translated as: “rule over his people fairly, in a way that brings them peace.”
2318	50:17	jmjj			A Bible story from	1	These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.